WO2022198640A1 - Resource mapping method and communication apparatus - Google Patents
Resource mapping method and communication apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022198640A1 WO2022198640A1 PCT/CN2021/083292 CN2021083292W WO2022198640A1 WO 2022198640 A1 WO2022198640 A1 WO 2022198640A1 CN 2021083292 W CN2021083292 W CN 2021083292W WO 2022198640 A1 WO2022198640 A1 WO 2022198640A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- time
- positioning reference
- reference signal
- frequency
- resource
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W64/00—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
Definitions
- the present application relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a resource mapping method and a communication device.
- the positioning function is an important function of the 5G new radio (NR).
- the access network device sends configuration information to the terminal device.
- the configuration information includes information such as the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal.
- the terminal device determines the time-frequency resource for receiving the positioning reference signal according to the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal.
- the terminal device receives the positioning reference signal sent by the access network device on the time-frequency resource, and measures the positioning reference signal. Then, the terminal device feeds back the measurement result to the access network device, so that the access network device can locate the terminal device.
- the terminal device needs to be configured with the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal, resulting in a large signaling overhead.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a resource mapping method and a communication device, which are used to reduce signaling interaction between an access network device and a terminal device and save signaling overhead.
- a first aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a resource mapping method, including:
- the terminal device determines the first resource according to the port of the first positioning reference signal; the first resource is used to transmit the first positioning reference signal, the first resource is located in a time-frequency unit, and the time-frequency unit includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, X
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to X positioning reference signal ports respectively, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2; then, the terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
- the terminal device determines the first resource according to the port of the first positioning reference signal. Then, the terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource. Therefore, it is not necessary for the access network device to configure the starting time-frequency resource for transmitting the positioning reference signal, which reduces signaling interaction between the access network device and the terminal device, and saves signaling overhead.
- the time-frequency unit may include X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- the real-time frequency unit can be used for the transmission of X positioning reference signals, and the utilization rate of resources is high.
- the port of the first positioning reference signal is a port sensed by the terminal device.
- a specific manner for determining the port of the first positioning reference signal is provided.
- the terminal device can sense the port of the first positioning reference signal by itself.
- the method further includes: the terminal device acquires first information, where the first information is used to indicate a port of the first positioning reference signal.
- This implementation provides another way for the terminal device to determine the port of the first positioning reference signal, which improves the diversity and feasibility of the solution.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports at the same frequency domain position The corresponding time domain resources satisfy the time division multiplexing relationship.
- time domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports on the same frequency domain resource satisfy a time division multiplexing relationship.
- the terminal devices can send positioning reference signals to each other in different time periods included in the time-frequency unit, thereby avoiding the problem that the terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, and realizing the positioning between the terminal devices.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources; in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports on the same time domain symbol The corresponding frequency domain resources satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports on the same time domain symbol satisfy a frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- different terminal devices can transmit positioning reference signals on different frequency domain resources of the time-frequency unit, thereby improving resource utilization. For example, within the same time-domain symbol of a time-frequency unit, different terminal devices may transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the time domain corresponding to the positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency domain position Time division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between resources.
- the two terminal devices can transmit the positioning reference signal by using time-frequency resources in different resource sets. Therefore, the problem that the terminal equipment cannot transmit and receive the positioning reference signal at the same time is avoided, and the positioning between the terminal equipments is realized.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in each resource set in the at least two resource sets, different positioning reference signals in the same resource set on the same time domain symbol
- the frequency domain resources corresponding to the ports satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- different terminal devices can transmit positioning reference signals on different frequency domain resources included in the same resource set, thereby improving resource utilization. For example, within the same time-domain symbol of a time-frequency unit, different terminal devices may transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include M resource sets, the time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap, and the value of M is related to X and a positioning Frequency Domain Density of Reference Signal ok about.
- the time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap, so that the two terminal devices can use the time-frequency resources in different resource sets to transmit the positioning reference signal. Therefore, the problem that the terminal equipment cannot transmit and receive the positioning reference signal at the same time is avoided, and the positioning between the terminal equipments is realized. And, the size of M and the frequency domain density of X and positioning reference signals are provided related. It is realized that the positioning reference signals between different resource sets in the M resource sets satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, and the time-frequency resources of different positioning reference signals in the same resource set satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, so as to improve the resource utilization rate.
- each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the ports, each resource set in the M resource sets includes LPRS time domain symbols, where LPRS is the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by one positioning reference signal.
- the above implementation manner shows the relationship between each resource set and the positioning reference signal and the number of time domain symbols included in each resource set.
- the first initial time domain position is determined according to the first offset, and the first initial frequency domain position is determined according to the second offset;
- the first offset is the offset of the first starting time domain position relative to the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit
- the second offset is the second starting frequency domain position relative to the starting frequency of the time-frequency unit. the offset of the domain position
- the first starting time domain position is the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i in the X positioning reference signal ports;
- the first starting frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position on the time domain symbol 1 of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i in the X positioning reference signal ports;
- the first offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal It is determined by the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal;
- the second offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal and k', which is determined according to l and the first offset.
- the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal of each port may be determined according to the offset.
- the access network equipment does not need to configure the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal for the terminal equipment.
- the signaling interaction between the access network equipment and the terminal equipment is reduced, and signaling overhead is saved.
- the first offset or, the first offset or, the first offset is the first offset or, the first offset or, the first offset
- the above implementation manner provides a variety of calculation manners for the first offset, which provides a basis for the implementation of the solution.
- different calculation methods make the positions of the time domain symbols occupied by the X positioning reference signal ports to be different, which enriches the diversity of the scheme.
- the first offset is determined according to X, the number of time-domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal, and the number of symbols L sym1 contained in the time-frequency unit.
- the above implementation manner provides yet another specific calculation method for the position of the first initial time-domain symbol, which improves the diversity and feasibility of the solution.
- the second offset is % means remainder.
- the above implementation provides a calculation method for the second offset, which provides a basis for the implementation of the solution.
- the first offset is In the case of , the signal sent by the terminal device on the signal of the first time domain symbol is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the second time domain symbol; the first time domain symbol is the second time domain symbol in the time-frequency unit The previous time-domain symbol of , and the second time-domain symbol is the first time-domain symbol in the L PRS time-domain symbols included in each resource set in the M resource sets.
- the signal sent by the terminal device on the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol included in each resource set.
- the receiving terminal equipment can reasonably set the receiving power of the receiving terminal equipment according to the power of the positioning reference signal to be transmitted, so as to improve the receiving performance and the network transmission performance.
- the X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to at least one parameter among the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter;
- the first parameter is the number of time-domain symbols L syml included in the time-frequency unit, where L syml is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
- the second parameter is the number of time domain symbols LPRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal in the time domain, where LPRS is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
- the third parameter is the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- a second aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for determining resources, the method comprising:
- the terminal device obtains the indication information, and the indication information is used to determine the first resource set, and the first resource set is used to send the first positioning reference signal of the terminal device; the first resource set and the second resource set are orthogonal in the frequency domain, and are in the frequency domain. Coincidence in the time domain; the second resource set is used to send a sidelink physical layer feedback channel (physical sidelink feedback channel, PSFCH) carrying sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request information (sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request, SL HARQ); Then, the terminal device determines the first resource set according to the indication information.
- PSFCH physical sidelink feedback channel
- sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request information sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request
- the terminal device can determine the resource used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the SL system.
- the first resource set does not additionally occupy resources of sidelink physical layer control information (physical sidelink control channel, PSCCH)
- the idle resource in the PSFCH time slot is used to send the positioning reference signal to meet the positioning requirement.
- the method further includes: when the first condition is satisfied, the terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource set;
- the first condition includes that the ratio between the first difference and the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to a preset threshold; the first difference is the difference between the first physical resource block (physical resource block, PRB) index and the second PRB index value;
- the first PRB index is the maximum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal within the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information
- the second PRB index is the maximum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal within the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information. minimum PRB index
- the first bandwidth is the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or the sidelink physical layer shared channel (physical sidelink share channel, PSSCH) is located, or, the first bandwidth is the number of frequency domain physical resource blocks indicated by the bit length of the indication information .
- the terminal device uses the first resource set to transmit the first positioning reference signal only when the foregoing first condition is satisfied.
- the bandwidth requirement of the positioning reference signal can be met.
- the equivalent bandwidth of the positioning reference signal can be made equal to the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or the PSSCH are located, thereby obtaining higher positioning accuracy.
- idle resources are used to send the positioning reference signal to meet the positioning requirement.
- the indication information is further used to determine the second resource set.
- the first resource set and the second resource set are indicated by the same indication information, thereby reducing indication signaling overhead.
- the first resource set includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, where the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the first resource set can be used for the transmission of X positioning reference signal ports corresponding to X positioning reference signals respectively, and the utilization rate of the resources is relatively high.
- the X number of positioning reference signal ports are determined according to the frequency domain density of one positioning reference signal.
- the first resource set includes at least two resource subsets, and in the at least two resource subsets, between frequency domain resources corresponding to positioning reference signal ports in different resource subsets on the same time domain symbol The frequency division multiplexing relationship is satisfied; in at least two resource subsets, the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource subset on the same time domain symbol satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- different terminal devices may use resources of the same resource subset or resources of different resource subsets to transmit positioning reference signals, which can improve resource utilization.
- each resource subset in the at least two resource subsets is used for transmission
- the positioning reference signal of each port Indicates the density of positioning reference signals mapped in the frequency domain within a PRB.
- a third aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes:
- a processing module configured to determine a first resource according to the port of the first positioning reference signal, the first resource is used to transmit the first positioning reference signal, the first resource is located in a time-frequency unit, and the time-frequency unit includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
- the transceiver module is configured to transmit the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
- the port of the first positioning reference signal is a port sensed by the communication device.
- the transceiver module is also used for:
- first information where the first information is used to indicate a port of the first positioning reference signal.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports at the same frequency domain position The corresponding time domain resources satisfy the time division multiplexing relationship.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports on the same time domain symbol The corresponding frequency domain resources satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the time domain corresponding to the positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency domain position Time division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between resources.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the frequency domain corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set on the same time domain symbol The resources satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include M resource sets, the time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap, and the value of M is related to X and a positioning Frequency Domain Density of Reference Signal related.
- each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the positioning reference signal ports, each resource set in the M resource sets includes LPRS time domain symbols, and LPRS is the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by one positioning reference signal.
- the first initial time domain position is determined according to the first offset, and the first initial frequency domain position is determined according to the second offset;
- the first offset is the offset of the first starting time domain position relative to the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit
- the second offset is the second starting frequency domain position relative to the starting frequency of the time-frequency unit. the offset of the domain position
- the first starting time domain position is the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i in the X positioning reference signal ports;
- the first starting frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position on the time domain symbol 1 of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i in the X positioning reference signal ports;
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1;
- l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c
- b is the number of the time-domain symbol where the first starting time-domain position is located
- c is the sum of the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal corresponding to port i and b one less;
- the first offset is based on the i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal It is determined by the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal;
- the second offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal and k', which is determined according to l and the first offset.
- the first offset is determined according to X, the number of time-domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal, and the number of symbols L sym1 contained in the time-frequency unit.
- the second offset is % means remainder.
- the first offset is In the case of , the signal sent by the communication device on the signal of the first time domain symbol is a copy of the signal sent by the communication device on the second time domain symbol;
- the first time-domain symbol is the previous time-domain symbol of the second time-domain symbol in the time-frequency unit
- the second time-domain symbol is the first time-domain symbol in the L PRS time-domain symbols included in each resource set in the M resource sets. Domain notation.
- the X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to at least one parameter among the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter;
- the first parameter is the number of time-domain symbols L syml included in the time-frequency unit, where L syml is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
- the second parameter is the number of time domain symbols LPRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal in the time domain, where LPRS is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
- the third parameter is the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- a fourth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes:
- a transceiver module configured to obtain indication information, where the indication information is used to determine a first resource set, and the first resource set is used to send a first positioning reference signal of the communication device; the first resource set and the second resource set are orthogonal in the frequency domain , and overlap in the time domain; the second resource set is used to send the PSFCH bearing SL HARQ;
- the processing module is configured to determine the first resource set according to the indication information.
- the transceiver module is also used for:
- the first condition includes that the ratio between the first difference and the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to a preset threshold
- the first difference is the difference between the PRB index and the second PRB index
- the first PRB index is the maximum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal in the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information
- the second PRB index is the minimum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal in the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information
- the first bandwidth is the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or PSSCH are located, or,
- the first bandwidth is the number of frequency domain physical resource blocks indicated by the bit length of the indication information.
- the indication information is further used to determine the second resource set.
- the first resource set includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, where the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the X number of positioning reference signal ports are determined according to the frequency domain density of one positioning reference signal.
- the first resource set includes at least two resource subsets, and in the at least two resource subsets, between frequency domain resources corresponding to positioning reference signal ports in different resource subsets on the same time domain symbol To meet the frequency division multiplexing relationship;
- frequency-domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource subset on the same time-domain symbol satisfy a frequency-division multiplexing relationship.
- each resource subset in the at least two resource subsets is used for transmission
- the positioning reference signal of each port Indicates the mapping density of a positioning reference signal in the frequency domain within a PRB.
- a fifth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes: a processor and a memory.
- a computer program is stored in the memory; the processor is used for calling and running the computer program stored in the memory, so that the processor implements any one of the implementation manners in the first aspect.
- the communication device further includes a transceiver; the processor is further configured to control the transceiver to send and receive signals.
- a sixth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes: a processor and a memory.
- a computer program is stored in the memory; the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, so that the processor implements any one of the implementation manners in the second aspect.
- the communication device further includes a transceiver; the processor is further configured to control the transceiver to send and receive signals.
- a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions, which is characterized in that, when it runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute any one of the implementations of the first aspect to the second aspect.
- An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect.
- a ninth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor that is connected to a memory and calls a program stored in the memory, so that the processor executes any one of the first to second aspects above Method to realize.
- the terminal device determines the first resource according to the port of the first positioning reference signal. Then, the terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource. Therefore, it is not necessary for the access network device to configure the starting time-frequency resource for transmitting the positioning reference signal, which reduces signaling interaction between the access network device and the terminal device, and saves signaling overhead.
- FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 1B is another schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 2B is a schematic diagram of an angle measurement provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 2C is a schematic diagram of a position measurement process between terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 3A is a schematic diagram of a mapping of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3B is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3C is another schematic diagram of mapping of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3D is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3E is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3F is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3G is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6A is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6B is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6C is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 6D is a schematic diagram of a PRB and a logical RB according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6E is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6F is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6G is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6H is another schematic diagram of mapping of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 8 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- references in this specification to "one embodiment” or “some embodiments” and the like mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in one or more embodiments of the present application.
- appearances of the phrases “in one embodiment,” “in some embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” etc. in various places in this specification are not necessarily All refer to the same embodiment, but mean “one or more but not all embodiments” unless specifically emphasized otherwise.
- the terms “including”, “including”, “having” and their variants mean “including but not limited to” unless specifically emphasized otherwise.
- At least one means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more.
- "At least one item(s) below” or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s).
- at least one (a) of a, b, or c may represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc.
- a, b, c can be single or multiple. In this application, Refers to the rounding down of x.
- OFDM Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
- SC-FDMA single-carrier frequency-division multiple access
- V2X vehicle to everything
- the V2X scenario may be any of the following systems: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), vehicle-to-network (V2N) service and vehicle-to-infrastructure communication (V2I), etc.
- V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
- V2P vehicle-to-pedestrian
- V2N vehicle-to-network
- V2I vehicle-to-infrastructure communication
- D2D may be long term evolution (LTE) D2D, new radio (NR) D2D, and may also be D2D in other communication systems that may appear with the development of technology.
- V2X can be LTE V2X, NR V2X, or V2X in other communication systems that may appear with the development of technology.
- the terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may be a user equipment, an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or user device.
- the terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, roadside units (RSUs), end devices in future 5G networks, or future evolution of public land mobile communications
- a terminal device in a network public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the access network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a base station (base station), an evolved NodeB (eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), and a next-generation base station (next generation) in a 5G mobile communication system.
- generation NodeB, gNB generation NodeB, gNB
- base stations in future mobile communication systems or access nodes in wireless fidelity (WiFi) systems, etc.
- the access network equipment can also be a module or unit that completes some functions of the base station.
- the access network device may be a centralized unit (central unit, CU) or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU).
- the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the access network device.
- FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2 communicate through the access network device; or, the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2 communicate through the proximity communication 5 (prose communication 5, PC5) interface.
- the direct link between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 is called a sidelink or sidelink (SL).
- a sidelink positioning reference signal can be transmitted between the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2 to realize the positioning between the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2.
- V2X UE1 sends SL-PRS to V2X UE2, V2X UE2 measures the SL-PRS, obtains the measurement result, and determines the location of V2X UE2 based on the measurement result.
- V2X UE2 can also send SL-PRS to V2X UE1, V2X UE1 measures the SL-PRS, obtains the measurement result, and determines the location of V2X UE2 based on the measurement result.
- a common set of SL-PRS resources can be configured.
- the set of SL-PRS resources may also be referred to as a pool of SL-PRS resources.
- the terminal equipment in the SL system selects corresponding resources in the SL-PRS resource pool to transmit the SL-PRS.
- the access network device may configure the SL-PRS resource pool for the SL system. Specifically, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the configuration information of the SL-PRS resource pool through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling. For example, the location of the time-frequency resources included in the SL-PRS resource pool.
- radio resource control radio resource control
- FIG. 1B is another schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 is carried out through the PC5 interface.
- the direct link between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 is called a sidelink or sidelink (SL).
- SL-PRS can be transmitted between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 to realize positioning between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2.
- a common SL-PRS set may be configured on the SL link, and the SL-PRS set may also be referred to as an SL-PRS resource pool.
- the terminal equipment of the SL system selects corresponding resources in the SL PRS resource pool to transmit SL-PRS. Since V2X UE2 is not within the signal coverage of the access network equipment, the configuration information of the SL-PRS resource pool can be pre-configured on V2X UE1 and V2X UE2.
- the configuration information of the SL-PRS resource pool includes the location of the time-frequency resources included in the SL-PRS resource pool.
- the configuration information of the SL-PRS resource pool may be configured when V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 leave the factory.
- FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a resource determination method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the resource determination method includes:
- the terminal device determines the first resource in the time-frequency unit according to the port of the first positioning reference signal.
- the first resource is located in the time-frequency unit, and the first resource is used for transmitting the first positioning reference signal.
- the time-frequency unit includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the set of SL-PRS resources may also be referred to as a pool of SL-PRS resources.
- the SL-PRS resource pool includes time-frequency resources for transmitting SL PRS.
- the SL-PRS resource pool includes one or more SL slots, and one or more PRBs.
- the frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool is Y, and Y is greater than 0.
- the frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool may be configured by a network device or defined by a communication standard protocol, which is not specifically limited in this application.
- the frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool may be configured by the base station.
- the frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool may be predefined. SL-PRS can occupy the entire frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool.
- At least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to frequency domain resources on the same time domain symbol can satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship. That is, in the overlapping positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the time domain, the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports on the same time domain symbol satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- time-domain resources corresponding to at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources at the same frequency-domain location may satisfy time-division multiplexing.
- the time-domain symbols included in each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource are continuous.
- the frequency domain densities of the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively are the same.
- the time domain start symbols occupied by each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource are the same, and the time domain symbols occupied by each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource are the same.
- X positioning reference signal ports correspond to X positioning reference signals.
- Positioning reference signals that completely overlap in the time domain among the X positioning reference signals may belong to one PRS group.
- the configuration parameters of the positioning reference signals of the same PRS group are the same.
- Configuration parameters include the number of time-domain symbols and frequency-domain density continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal.
- the configuration parameters of the positioning reference signals of different PRS groups may be the same or different.
- the network device may configure the number of consecutive time-domain symbols and frequency-domain density occupied by the positioning reference signal for the SLPRS resource set through signaling (for example, RRC signaling).
- the network device configures the number of occupied consecutive time-domain symbols and the frequency-domain density for positioning reference signals of different PRS groups through signaling.
- the frequency domain density of the PRS refers to the density of the PRS mapped in the frequency domain. For example, in the frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool, every P resource element (resource element, RE) has one RE for mapping the positioning reference signal, it can be understood that the frequency domain of the positioning reference signal
- the density is P, where P is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the frequency domain density of the PRS may also be referred to as the distribution density of the frequency domain resources included in a PRS time-frequency resource in the frequency domain.
- this embodiment can also be applied to configure multiple public SL-PRS resource sets for the user equipment in the SL system, that is, multiple SL-PRS resource pools.
- the specific network device can configure the starting time domain symbol of the SL-PRS resource set for each SL-PRS resource set through signaling (for example, RRC signaling), the number of consecutive time domain symbols occupied by SL-PRS respectively, the frequency domain density and other parameters.
- the configuration parameters of the SL-PRS transmitted in different SL-PRS resource sets are the same or different.
- the SL-PRSs in the same SL-PRS set respectively occupy the same number of time domain symbols continuously, and the SL-PRSs in the same SL-PRS set respectively correspond to the same frequency domain density.
- the time-domain resources of the time-frequency unit may include all or part of the time-domain symbols configured in the SL system for transmitting positioning reference signals.
- the time-domain resource of the time-frequency unit is located in one SL time slot as an example for description.
- the frequency domain resources of the time-frequency unit may include all or part of PRBs configured in the SL system for transmitting positioning reference signals.
- the time-frequency unit includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- the initial time-domain symbol occupied by the time-frequency unit is time-domain symbol 0, the time-frequency unit occupies 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and the frequency domain occupies M PRBs, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- One PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3A, the time-frequency unit includes 12 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, that is, X is equal to 12.
- the 12 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to 12 positioning reference signal ports respectively. That is, each positioning reference signal port corresponds to one positioning reference signal, and 12 positioning reference signals are respectively transmitted on the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to the 12 positioning reference signal ports.
- the X positioning reference signal ports may be pre-configured; or, the X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to at least one of the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter.
- the first parameter is the number of time-domain symbols L syml included in the time-frequency unit, where L syml is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the second parameter is the number of time domain symbols LPRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal in the time domain, where LPRS is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the third parameter is the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- This embodiment is described by taking as an example that the terminal device determines the first resource for transmitting the first positioning reference signal in the time-frequency unit.
- the process for the terminal equipment to map the first positioning reference signal on other time-frequency resources in the SLPRS resource pool is similar to the process in this embodiment, and details are not repeated in this application.
- the first positioning reference signal is one of X positioning reference signals.
- the terminal device is a sending terminal device or a receiving terminal device, which is not specifically limited in this application.
- the following describes a specific implementation manner in which the terminal device determines the port of the first positioning reference signal in this embodiment.
- the first terminal device determines the port of the first positioning reference signal by sensing.
- the first terminal device sends the first information to the second terminal device.
- the first terminal device is a sending terminal device
- the second terminal device is a receiving terminal device.
- the first information is used to indicate the time-frequency domain resource location of the first positioning reference signal.
- the first information includes time slot location information of the time-frequency unit where the first positioning reference signal is located, and/or port number indication information of a port of the first positioning reference signal.
- the first terminal device may perceive and determine the port of the first positioning reference signal through the following two possible implementation manners, which will be described separately below.
- Implementation mode 1 The first terminal device determines a sidelink physical layer shared information (physical sidelink share channel) resource. Then, the first terminal device determines a time-frequency resource for sending the first positioning reference signal and a port for the first positioning reference signal according to the mapping relationship and the PSSCH resource.
- a sidelink physical layer shared information physical sidelink share channel
- the mapping relationship includes the mapping relationship between the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources and the subchannels in the resource pool.
- PSSCH resources occupy at least one subchannel continuously.
- the first terminal device determines the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to the at least one subchannel and the port corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource according to the mapping relationship. Then, the first terminal device uses the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource as a time-frequency resource for sending the first positioning reference signal. The first terminal device uses the port corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource as the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
- Implementation mode 2 The first terminal device excludes the unavailable resources in the target resources to determine the remaining available resources.
- the target resource is a resource configured by the SL system for transmitting positioning reference signals.
- the first terminal device selects a time-frequency resource for sending the first positioning reference signal from the remaining available resources, and determines the time slot where the time-frequency resource of the first positioning reference signal is located and the time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning reference signal port.
- the second terminal device obtains the first information, and determines the port of the first positioning reference signal according to the first information.
- the second terminal device is a receiving terminal device, and the first information is used to indicate the port of the first positioning reference signal.
- the first terminal device sends the first information of the terminal device is sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device; or, the first information is pre-configured by the SL system, which is not specifically limited in this application.
- the specific implementation manner of sending the first information to the second terminal device through the first terminal device is shown in the following by using the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , which will not be described in detail here.
- the terminal device determines the starting time-frequency resource position of the first positioning reference signal in the time-frequency unit according to the port number of the first positioning reference signal. Then, the terminal device determines the time-frequency resource in the time-frequency unit for transmitting the first positioning reference signal according to the starting time-frequency position of the first positioning reference signal.
- the starting time-frequency position of the first positioning reference signal includes: the starting time domain position of the first positioning reference signal and the starting frequency domain position of the first positioning reference signal.
- the starting time-frequency position of the first positioning reference signal please refer to the related introduction later.
- the terminal device determines the time domain position in the time-frequency unit for transmitting the first positioning reference signal by using the starting time domain position of the first positioning reference signal and the following formula 1.
- the terminal device determines the frequency domain position in the time-frequency unit for transmitting the first positioning reference signal by using the starting frequency domain position of the first positioning reference signal and the following formula 2.
- l represents the time domain symbol index on one SL slot.
- k represents the frequency domain subcarrier index on the transmission bandwidth of the first positioning reference signal.
- L PRS is the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by the first positioning reference signal. For example, L PRS ⁇ ⁇ 2, 4, 6, 12 ⁇ .
- the port of the first positioning reference signal is port 1 .
- the first positioning reference signal may be referred to as a positioning reference signal corresponding to port 1 .
- the first resource includes the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of port 1 .
- the terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
- the transmitting of the first positioning reference signal by the terminal device on the first resource includes: the terminal device receiving or sending the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
- an SL connection is established between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2. If the terminal device is the V2X UE1, the V2X UE1 sends the first positioning reference signal to the V2X UE2 on the first resource. Then the V2X UE2 can measure the first positioning reference signal, and determine the position of the V2X UE1 according to the measurement result obtained by the measurement. For example, the measurement results include angle information.
- the antenna A is the antenna A on the front of the car 1 , and A sends the first positioning reference signal through the antenna.
- the antenna B and the antenna BC are two antennas on the left and right sides of the front of the car 2 .
- the car 1 sends the first positioning reference signal through the antenna A.
- the car 1 calculates the arrival angle ⁇ of the first positioning reference signal received by the antenna B of the car 2 and the arrival angle ⁇ of the first positioning reference signal received by the antenna C, respectively.
- the angle of arrival is defined here as the angle between the main signal path of the first positioning reference signal and the BC direction, and the BC direction refers to the direction from B to C.
- the car 1 calculates the difference ⁇ between the arrival angle ⁇ and the arrival angle ⁇ . Under the condition that the side length of BC is known, the car 1 can calculate the vertical distance d between A and BC side. That is, the distance from car 1 to car 2 is obtained.
- the V2X UE2 receives the first positioning reference signal sent by the V2X UE1 on the first resource. Then the V2X UE1 can measure the first positioning reference signal, and determine the position of the V2X UE2 according to the measurement result obtained by the measurement.
- V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 measure the distance information between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 based on the method of measuring the transmission delay difference of the positioning reference signal, the process is shown in Figure 2C, and both V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 must send positioning signals. If the V2X UE1 is the sending terminal device, the V2X UE1 sends the first positioning reference signal S0 to the V2X UE2 on the first resource, and records the sending time t1 of the S0. Then the V2X UE2 receives the first positioning reference signal S0, and records the reception time t2 of the S0 signal.
- the V2X UE2 If the V2X UE2 is the transmitting terminal device, the V2X UE2 receives the first positioning reference signal S1 sent by the V2X UE1 on the first resource, and records the sending time t3 of the S1.
- the corresponding V2X UE1 is a receiving terminal device, and the V2X UE1 receives the positioning reference signal S1 and records the reception time t4 of S1.
- the V2X UE2 sends the difference t2-t3 between the reception time of the positioning reference signal S0 and the transmission time of the positioning reference signal S1 to the V2X UE1, so as to determine the distance between the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2. Then V2X UE1 can obtain the round trip time difference (round trip time, RTT) of the radio wave signal between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 according to the time information t4-t1+(t2-t3), so as to determine the distance between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 .
- round trip time, RTT round trip time
- the V2X UE2 sends the difference t3-t2 between the reception time of the positioning reference signal S1 and the transmission time set as the reference signal S0 to the V2X UE1 for determining the distance between the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2. Then V2X UE1 can obtain the round-trip propagation time difference RTT of the radio wave signal between UE1 and UE2 according to the time information t4-t1-(t3-t2), so as to determine the distance between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 as RTT/2*c, c is the speed of light.
- the above measured arrival time of the received positioning reference signal may be the first path arrival time of the received positioning reference signal.
- the terminal device may determine the first resource for transmitting the first positioning reference signal in the time-frequency unit according to the port of the first positioning reference signal, and transmit the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
- the first resource can be determined without the access network device configuring the starting time-frequency resource for transmitting the first positioning reference signal, which reduces signaling interaction between the access network device and the terminal device and saves signaling overhead.
- the time-frequency unit may include X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, where the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- the real-time frequency unit can be used for the transmission of X positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports, and the utilization rate of resources is relatively high.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources.
- time-domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports at the same frequency-domain position satisfy a time-division multiplexing relationship.
- the initial time-domain symbol occupied by the time-frequency unit is time-domain symbol 0
- the time-frequency unit occupies 14 consecutive time-domain symbols
- the frequency domain occupies M PRBs, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- One PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3A.
- the time-frequency unit includes 12 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and the 12 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the 12 positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- the 12 positioning reference signal ports are respectively used for sending corresponding positioning reference signals.
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 1 occupy time domain symbols 0 to 3 in the SL time slot in the time domain.
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 4 occupy time domain symbols 4 to 7 on the SL time slot in the time domain.
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 1 occupy subcarrier 1, subcarrier 5, and subcarrier 9 in the PRB.
- the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port 4 occupy subcarrier 1, subcarrier 5, and subcarrier 9 in the PRB.
- subcarrier 1 the time-domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources on port 1 and the time-domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources on port 4 satisfy a time-division multiplexing relationship.
- sub-carrier 5 and sub-carrier 9 are also similar, and will not be described one by one here.
- positioning is performed between terminal devices.
- an SL connection is established between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2, and positioning is performed between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 to determine the geographic location of both parties.
- time-domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports at the same frequency-domain position satisfy a time-division multiplexing relationship.
- the terminal devices can send positioning reference signals to each other in different time periods included in the time-frequency unit, thereby avoiding the problem that the terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, and realizing the positioning between the terminal devices.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources.
- the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy a frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- the initial time-domain symbol occupied by the time-frequency unit is time-domain symbol 0
- the time-frequency unit occupies 14 consecutive time-domain symbols
- the frequency domain occupies M PRBs, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- One PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3A.
- the time-frequency unit includes 12 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and the 12 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to 12 defined reference signal ports respectively.
- the 12 positioning reference signal ports are respectively used for sending corresponding positioning reference signals.
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 0 when the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 0, the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 1, the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 2, and the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 3 are all occupied respectively Domain Symbol 0 to Time Domain Symbol 3. That is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 0, the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 1, the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 2, and the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 3 respectively overlap.
- the frequency domain resources corresponding to port 0, the frequency domain resources corresponding to port 1, the frequency domain resources corresponding to port 2, and the frequency domain resources corresponding to port 3 are respectively divided into 12 subcarriers included in the PRB. That is to say, on the time domain symbol 0, the frequency domain resources corresponding to port 0, the frequency domain resources corresponding to port 1, the frequency domain resources corresponding to port 2, and the frequency domain resources corresponding to port 3 satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship. . The same is true for time-domain symbol 1, time-domain symbol 2, and time-domain symbol 3, which will not be described one by one here.
- the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy a frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers, thereby improving resource utilization.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to at least two resource sets.
- a time-division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between time-domain resources occupied by positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency-domain location.
- a frequency-division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between frequency-domain resources occupied by different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set on the same time-domain symbol.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources are divided into three resource sets, which are resource set 1, resource set 2, and resource set 3, respectively.
- Resource set 1 occupies time domain symbol 0 to time domain symbol 3 of the time-frequency unit.
- the resource set 2 occupies time domain symbols 4 to 7 of the time-frequency unit.
- the resource set 3 occupies time domain symbols 8 to 11 of the time-frequency unit.
- the time domain resources respectively included in the three resource sets do not overlap, and the frequency domain resources included in the three resource sets respectively overlap.
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 1 are located in resource set 1, and the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 5 are located in resource set 2.
- the time domain resource occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 1 is time domain symbol 0
- the time domain resource occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 5 is time domain symbol 4. Therefore, it can be known that on subcarrier 0, the time domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 1 and the time domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 5 satisfy the time division multiplexing relationship.
- the time domain resources occupied by different positioning reference signals in the same resource set overlap, and the frequency domain resources of different positioning reference signals in the same resource set satisfy a frequency division multiplexing relationship. That is, the subcarriers of different positioning reference signals in the same time domain symbol are different.
- the resource set 1 includes the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 0 and the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 1 .
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 0 and the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 1 both occupy time domain symbols 0 to 3 of the SL time slot.
- the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port 0 and the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port 1 respectively occupy different subcarriers in the same time domain symbol.
- the frequency domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 0 are subcarrier 0, subcarrier 4, and subcarrier 8, and the frequency domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 1 are subcarrier 1, subcarrier 5, and subcarrier 9. It can be seen that on time domain symbol 0, the frequency domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 0 and the frequency domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 1 satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the time domain occupied by the positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency domain position Time division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between resources.
- the two terminal devices can transmit the positioning reference signal by using time-frequency resources in different resource sets. Therefore, the problem that the terminal equipment cannot transmit and receive the positioning reference signal at the same time is avoided, and the positioning between the terminal equipments is realized.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to at least two resource sets.
- frequency-division multiplexing is satisfied between the frequency-domain resources occupied by different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set on the same time-domain symbol. relation.
- different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to M resource sets, and the time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap.
- the X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to at least one parameter among the first parameter, the second parameter and the third parameter.
- M is the frequency domain density according to X and the positioning reference signal definite.
- M can also be determined according to at least one of the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter, and then M and the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal can be determined.
- X positioning reference signal ports are determined.
- the first starting time domain position is determined according to the first offset
- the first starting frequency domain position is determined according to the second offset The displacement is determined.
- the first starting time domain position is the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i among the X positioning reference signal ports.
- the first starting frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position on the time domain symbol 1 of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i among the X positioning reference signal ports.
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
- l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c, b is the number of the time domain symbol where the first starting time domain position is located, c is the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal corresponding to port i L PRS and b The sum is one less.
- the first offset is the offset of the first starting time domain position relative to the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit.
- the second offset is the offset of the first starting frequency domain position relative to the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit.
- the first offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal It is determined by the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
- the second offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal and k', which is determined according to l and the first offset.
- the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to the port in the time-frequency unit can be determined according to the offset. In this way, there is no need for the access network device to configure the terminal device with the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the port. The signaling interaction between the access network equipment and the terminal equipment is reduced, and signaling overhead is saved.
- the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i on the time domain symbol a may be determined according to the second offset.
- the unit of the first starting time-domain position may be a time-domain symbol, and the unit of the first starting frequency-domain position may be a subcarrier.
- the following description takes the unit of the first starting time domain position as a time domain symbol and the unit of the first starting frequency domain position as a subcarrier as an example for introduction.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to M resource sets, and each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the respective positioning reference signal ports.
- Each of the M resource sets includes LPRS time-domain symbols, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
- the frequency domain densities of the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively are the same, and the number of time domain symbols occupied by the X positioning reference signals respectively is the same.
- the frequency domain density of each positioning reference signal is The number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by each positioning reference signal is L PRS .
- the time-frequency unit includes one SL time slot in the time domain.
- the SL time slot includes L syml time-domain symbols, where L syml is an integer greater than 1.
- L sym1 may be configured by the base station for the SL system, or may be defined in a communication standard protocol, which is not specifically limited in this application.
- L sym1 may be configured by the base station for the SL system.
- L sym1 may be defined in a communication standard protocol.
- the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources is L PRS .
- the frequency domain densities of the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources are
- the last time domain symbol in the SL time slot is not used for transmitting the positioning reference signal.
- the last time domain symbol in the SL slot is a guard interval (GAP) symbol.
- GAP guard interval
- L PRS is an integer greater than 1.
- Implementation mode 1 the first offset corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of port i
- the number of the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is P
- the number of the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located
- the second offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is:
- the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is R.
- the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is located is:
- % refers to the remainder.
- k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For the related introduction of k′, please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing step 201 .
- l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c. in,
- P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot.
- R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB.
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
- the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include: Combining the above formula 2 and the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on time domain symbol 1, the position of the subcarrier occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on time domain symbol 1 can be determined.
- each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the above formula 1 and the above formula 2.
- the first time-domain symbol occupied by the first resource set in the M resource sets is the first time-domain symbol of the time-frequency unit.
- Time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap.
- the time domain symbols included in two adjacent resource sets in the M resource sets are continuous.
- the frequency-domain resources occupied by different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set satisfy a frequency-division multiplexing relationship.
- Each of the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to each positioning reference signal port.
- Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in the time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
- the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3A.
- the last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals.
- the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
- the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 4.
- the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports is all four. It can be seen from the above implementation method 1 that or,
- the time-frequency unit includes 12 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources.
- the 12 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to three resource sets, which are resource set 1, resource set 2, and resource set 3, respectively.
- Resource set 1 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbols 0 to time-domain symbols 3 of time-frequency elements.
- Resource set 2 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbols 4 to 7 of time-frequency elements.
- the resource set 3 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbols 8 to 11 of time-frequency elements.
- a time-division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between time-domain resources occupied by positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency-domain location.
- the time-frequency resources respectively included in two adjacent resource sets are continuous in the time domain.
- the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port 0 is 4, and the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 0 is located is time domain symbol 0. Therefore, it can be known that the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to port 0 occupy time-domain symbols 0 to time-domain symbols 3 .
- the following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 0 on the time domain symbol 0 is located.
- the first offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 1 P 0. Therefore, it can be known that the number b of the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 0 is located is 0, which is the time-domain symbol 0 of the instant-frequency unit.
- the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to port 0 is L PRS
- the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of port 1 is located is time domain symbol 0 . Therefore, it can be known that the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to port 1 occupy time domain symbols 0 to 3 in the time domain.
- the following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 1 on the time domain symbol 0 is located.
- the positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 0 to 3 respectively may be used as a PRS group.
- the positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 4 to 7 respectively may be used as a PRS group, and the positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 8 to port 11 respectively may be used as a PRS group.
- the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 0 on the time domain symbol 0 is located is subcarrier 0.
- the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 1 on time domain symbol 0 is located is subcarrier 1.
- the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 2 on the time domain symbol 0 is located is the subcarrier 2.
- the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 3 on the time domain symbol 0 is located is subcarrier 3 .
- the subcarriers where the starting frequency domain positions of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of different ports are located on the time domain symbol 0 are different. Therefore, on the same time domain symbol, the positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 0 to 3 respectively are mapped to different subcarriers in the PRB. In this way, on the same time domain symbol, the frequency domain resources corresponding to ports 0 to 3 respectively satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the above formula 1 and the above formula 2.
- the resource set 1 is used to transmit the positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 0 to 3 respectively.
- Resource set 2 is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 4 to 7 respectively.
- Resource set 3 is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 8 to 11 respectively.
- the time-domain symbols 12 and 13 may be idle symbols, or may be used as GAP symbols, or may be used as symbols for other purposes, which are not specifically limited in this application.
- the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3B.
- the last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals.
- the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
- the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 2.
- the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports is 6, respectively.
- the time-frequency unit includes four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources.
- the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the four positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, which are resource set 1 and resource set 2 respectively.
- Resource set 1 includes resource units corresponding to time-domain symbols 0 to time-domain symbols 5 of the time-frequency unit.
- the resource set 2 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbols 6 to time-domain symbols 11 of the time-frequency unit.
- a time-division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between time-domain resources occupied by positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency-domain location.
- the time-frequency resources respectively included in two adjacent resource sets are continuous in the time domain.
- the first offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 0 P 0. Therefore, it can be known that the time-domain symbol where the starting time-domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 0 is located is time-domain symbol 0.
- the following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 0 on the time domain symbol 0 is located.
- the first offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 1 P 0. Therefore, it can be known that the time-domain symbol where the starting time-domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 1 is located is time-domain symbol 0. Time domain symbol 0 of the instant frequency unit. The number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port 1 is 6, and the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 1 is located is time domain symbol 0. Therefore, it can be known that the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to port 1 occupy time domain symbols 0 to 5.
- the following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 1 on the time domain symbol 0 is located.
- the process of determining the starting time domain position and starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to other positioning reference signal ports is also similar.
- the starting time-frequency position of each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the above formula 1 and the above formula 2.
- the resource set 1 is used to transmit the positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 0 to 1 respectively.
- Resource set 2 is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 2 to 3 respectively.
- the time-domain symbol 12 and the time-domain symbol 13 may be idle symbols, or may be used as GAP symbols, or may be used as symbols for other purposes, which are not specifically limited in this application.
- the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap.
- terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices.
- different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
- Implementation mode 2 the first offset corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of the port i
- the number of the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is P, then the number of the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located
- the second offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is:
- the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is R, then the numbering of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located on the time domain symbol 1 is
- k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For the related introduction of k′, please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing step 201 .
- l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c. in,
- P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot.
- R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB.
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
- the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include: Combining the above formula 2 and the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on time domain symbol 1, the position of the subcarrier occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on time domain symbol 1 can be determined.
- each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the above formula 1 and the above formula 2.
- the first time-domain symbol occupied by the first resource set in the M resource sets is the first time-domain symbol of the time-frequency unit.
- Time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap.
- a frequency-division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between the frequency-domain resources occupied by different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set on the same time-domain symbol.
- Each of the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to each positioning reference signal port.
- Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in the time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
- the time-domain symbol following the last time-domain symbol included in each resource set is a GAP symbol. If there are more than two resource sets, there is one GAP symbol between two adjacent resource sets.
- the order of the M resource sets is sorted according to the index size of the time domain symbols included in each resource set.
- the time-domain symbols included in the resource set with the smaller indexes are ranked first, and the time-domain symbols included in the resource set with the larger indexes are ranked at the back.
- resource set 1 includes time domain symbol 0 to time domain symbol 3
- resource set includes time domain symbol 5 to time domain symbol 8 . Therefore, it can be known that resource set 1 is the first resource set, and resource set 2 is the second resource set.
- the time-frequency unit occupies one SL time slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3C.
- the last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals.
- the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
- the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 4.
- the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports is all four.
- the time-frequency unit includes 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources.
- the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the eight positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, namely resource set 1 and resource set 2, respectively.
- Resource set 1 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbols 0 to time-domain symbols 3 of time-frequency elements.
- Resource set 2 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbols 5 to 8 of time-frequency elements.
- a time-division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between time-domain resources occupied by positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency-domain location.
- the preceding time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 4) of the first time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 5) included in resource set 2 is a GAP symbol.
- the following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 0 on the time domain symbol 0 is located.
- the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port 4 is 4, and the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 4 is located is time domain symbol 5. Therefore, it can be known that the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to port 4 occupy time domain symbols 5 to 8.
- the following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 4 on the time domain symbol 0 is located.
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the above formula 1 and the above formula 2.
- the resource set 1 is used to transmit the positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 0 to 3 respectively.
- Resource set 2 is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 4 to 7 respectively.
- time domain symbols 10 to 14 may be idle symbols, or may be used as GAP symbols, or may be used as symbols for other purposes, which are not specifically limited in this application.
- the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap.
- terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices.
- different resource sets are separated by GAP symbols. Therefore, different resource sets can be selected between terminal devices to transmit positioning reference signals, so that the terminal devices can switch the transceiving state on GAP symbols between resource sets, so as to better receive or send positioning reference signals.
- different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
- Implementation mode 3 the first offset corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of the port i
- the number of the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is P. Then the number of the time-domain symbol where the starting time-domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located is:
- the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is R.
- the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is located is:
- % means remainder.
- k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For the related introduction of k′, please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing step 201 .
- l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c. in,
- P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot.
- R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB.
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
- the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include: Combining the above formula 2 and the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on time domain symbol 1, the position of the subcarrier occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on time domain symbol 1 can be determined.
- each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the above formula 1 and the above formula 2.
- each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to each positioning reference signal port.
- Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in the time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
- the time-domain symbol preceding the first time-domain symbol included in each resource set in the time-frequency unit is an automatic gain control (automatic gain control, AGC) symbol.
- AGC automatic gain control
- the time-domain symbol following the last time-domain symbol included in each resource set in the time-frequency unit is a GAP symbol.
- the signal sent by the terminal device on the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol included in each resource set. copy of the signal.
- implementation mode 3 is described below with reference to FIG. 3D .
- the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3D.
- the last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals.
- the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
- the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 4.
- the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports is all four.
- the time-frequency unit includes 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources.
- the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the eight positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, namely resource set 1 and resource set 2, respectively.
- Resource set 1 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbol 1 to time-domain symbol 4 of the time-frequency unit.
- Resource set 2 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbols 6 to 9 of time-frequency elements.
- a time-division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between time-domain resources occupied by positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency-domain location.
- the preceding time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 0) of the first time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 1) included in resource set 1 is an AGC symbol.
- the time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 5) following the last time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 4) included in resource set 1 is a GAP symbol.
- the signal sent by the terminal device on time-domain symbol 0 is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on time-domain symbol 1.
- the preceding time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 6 ) of the first time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 7 ) included in resource set 2 is an AGC symbol.
- the time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 10) following the last time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 9) included in resource set 2 is a GAP symbol.
- the signal sent by the terminal device on time-domain symbol 6 is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on time-domain symbol 7 .
- the following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 0 on the time domain symbol 0 is located.
- the following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 4 on time domain symbol 0 is located.
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the above formula 1 and the above formula 2.
- resource set 1 is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 0 to 3 respectively.
- Resource set 2 is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 4 to 7 respectively.
- time domain symbols 12 to 13 may be idle symbols, or may be used as GAP symbols, or may be used as symbols for other purposes, which are not specifically limited in this application.
- the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap.
- terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices.
- the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, thereby improving the utilization rate of the resources.
- different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
- different resource sets are separated by GAP symbols. Different resource sets can be selected between terminal devices to transmit positioning reference signals, so that the devices in the device can switch the transceiver state on GAP symbols between resource sets, so as to better receive or send positioning reference signals.
- the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is an AGC symbol, so that the receiving terminal device can adjust the received power on the AGC symbol to ensure that the introduced power of the receiving terminal device is at a reasonable level.
- the signal sent by the terminal device on the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol included in each resource set.
- the signal on the AGC symbol is designed as the signal of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set.
- the receiving terminal equipment can reasonably set the receiving power of the receiving terminal equipment according to the power of the positioning reference signal to be transmitted, so as to improve the receiving performance and the network transmission performance.
- the present application provides the starting point of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to each positioning reference signal port.
- the several possible implementation manners can make the resource sets evenly distributed on the time-frequency units, thereby reducing the inter-symbol interference between the resource sets.
- the time-frequency unit includes one SL time slot
- the SL time slot includes L syml time domain symbols, where L syml is an integer greater than 1.
- L sym1 may be configured by the base station for the SL system, or may be defined in a communication standard protocol, which is not specifically limited in this application.
- the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources is L PRS , and the frequency domain densities of the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources respectively are is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and L PRS is an integer greater than 1.
- the last time domain symbol in the SL time slot is not used for transmitting the positioning reference signal.
- the last time domain symbol in the SL slot is a GAP symbol.
- % means remainder.
- k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For the related introduction of k′, please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing step 201 .
- l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c. in,
- P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot.
- R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB.
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
- M is the number of resource sets included in the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources.
- the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include: Combining the above formula 2 and the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on time domain symbol 1, the position of the subcarrier occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on time domain symbol 1 can be determined.
- the first time-domain symbol occupied by the first resource set in the M resource sets is the first time-domain symbol of the time-frequency unit.
- Time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap.
- a frequency-division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between the frequency-domain resources occupied by different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set on the same time-domain symbol.
- frequency-domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy a frequency-division multiplexing relationship.
- Each of the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the respective positioning reference signal ports.
- Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in a time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
- the specific positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the time-frequency unit are determined according to the starting time domain positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources determined in the fourth implementation manner, the above formula 1 and the above formula 2. In this way, the M resource sets can be equally distributed in the time-frequency unit.
- the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3E.
- the last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals.
- the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
- the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 2.
- the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports is 6, respectively.
- the time-frequency unit includes four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources.
- the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the four positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, which are resource set 1 and resource set 2 respectively. Since resource set 1 and resource set 2 are evenly distributed in the time-frequency unit, each resource set is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to two positioning reference signal ports respectively. Therefore, it can be known that the resource set 1 is used to transmit the positioning reference signals corresponding to the port 0 and the port 1 respectively. Resource set 2 is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to port 2 and port 3 respectively.
- time domain symbol 6 and the time domain symbol 13 can be used as GAP symbols, or as idle symbols, or as symbols for other purposes, which are not specifically limited in this application.
- the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap.
- terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices.
- the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, thereby improving the utilization rate of the resources.
- different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
- Multiple resource sets are equally distributed in the time-frequency unit to ensure that the distance between resource sets is maximized, which can reduce inter-symbol interference between resource sets.
- Implementation mode 5 the first offset corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of the port i
- the number of the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is P.
- the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is R.
- the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is located is:
- % means remainder.
- k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For the related introduction of k′, please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing step 201 .
- P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot.
- R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB.
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
- the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include:
- the position of the subcarrier occupied by the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of port i in the time-frequency unit can be determined by combining the above formula 2 and the second offset corresponding to port i.
- the first resource set in the M resource sets includes the resource unit corresponding to the first time-domain symbol of the time-frequency unit.
- Each of the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the respective positioning reference signal ports.
- Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in the time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
- the time-domain symbol following the last time-domain symbol included in each resource set is a GAP symbol. If there are more than two resource sets, there is one GAP symbol between two adjacent resource sets.
- the specific positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the time-frequency unit are determined according to the starting time domain positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources determined in the fifth implementation manner, the above formula 1 and the above formula 2. In this way, the M resource sets can be equally distributed in the time-frequency unit.
- the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3F.
- the last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals.
- the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
- the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 4.
- the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively is 4.
- the time-frequency unit includes 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources.
- the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the eight positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, namely resource set 1 and resource set 2, respectively.
- each resource set is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to two positioning reference signal ports respectively. Therefore, it can be known that the resource set 1 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbols 0 to time-domain symbols 3 of the time-frequency elements. That is, resource set 1 is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to port 0, port 1, port 2, and port 3 respectively.
- Resource set 2 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbols 6 to 9 of time-frequency elements. That is, the resource set 2 is used to transmit the positioning reference signals corresponding to the port 4, the port 5, the port 6 and the port 7 respectively.
- the time-domain symbol 4 and the time-domain symbol 11 in the time-frequency unit are both used as GAP symbols.
- time domain symbols 5 to 6, and time domain symbols 12 to 13 can be used as GAP symbols, idle symbols, or symbols for other purposes. Application is not limited.
- the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap.
- terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices.
- the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, thereby improving the utilization rate of the resources.
- different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
- Multiple resource sets are equally distributed in the time-frequency unit to ensure that the distance between resource sets is maximized, which can reduce inter-symbol interference between resource sets.
- Implementation mode 6 the first offset corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of the port i
- the number of the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is P. Then the number of the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located
- the second offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is:
- the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is R.
- the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is located is:
- k' is based on l' and sure, of which,
- k′ please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing step 201 .
- l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c. in,
- P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot.
- R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB.
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
- the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include: Combining the above formula 2 and the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on time domain symbol 1, the position of the subcarrier occupied by the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on time domain symbol 1 can be determined.
- each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the respective positioning reference signal ports.
- Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in the time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
- the time-domain symbol preceding the first time-domain symbol included in each resource set in the time-frequency unit is an AGC symbol.
- the time-domain symbol following the last time-domain symbol included in each resource set in the time-frequency unit is a GAP symbol.
- the signal sent by the terminal device on the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol included in each resource set.
- the specific positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the time-frequency unit are determined according to the starting time domain positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources determined in the sixth implementation manner, the above formula 1 and the above formula 2. In this way, the M resource sets can be equally distributed in the time-frequency unit.
- the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3G.
- the last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals.
- the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
- the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 4.
- the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively is 4.
- the time-frequency unit includes 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources.
- the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the eight positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, namely resource set 1 and resource set 2, respectively.
- each resource set is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to four positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- resource set 1 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbol 1 to time-domain symbol 4 . That is, resource set 1 is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 0 to 3 respectively.
- Resource set 2 includes resource elements corresponding to time-domain symbol 8 to time-domain symbol 11 . Resource set 2 is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to ports 4 to 7 respectively.
- the preceding time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 0) of the first time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 1) included in resource set 1 is an AGC symbol.
- the time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 5) following the last time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 4) included in resource set 1 is a GAP symbol.
- the signal sent by the terminal device on time-domain symbol 0 is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on time-domain symbol 1.
- the preceding time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 7) of the first time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 8) included in resource set 2 is an AGC symbol.
- the time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 12 ) following the last time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 11 ) included in resource set 2 is a GAP symbol.
- the signal sent by the terminal device on the time-domain symbol 7 is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the time-domain symbol 8 .
- the time domain symbol 6 and the time domain symbol 13 may be used as GAP symbols, idle symbols, or symbols for other purposes, which are not specifically limited in this application.
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the above formula 1 and the above formula 2.
- the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap.
- terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices.
- the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, thereby improving the utilization rate of the resources.
- different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
- different resource sets are separated by GAP symbols. Different resource sets can be selected between terminal devices to transmit positioning reference signals, so that the devices in the device can switch the transceiver state on GAP symbols between resource sets, so as to better receive or send positioning reference signals.
- the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is an AGC symbol, so that the receiving terminal device can adjust the received power on the AGC symbol to ensure that the introduced power of the receiving terminal device is at a reasonable level.
- the signal sent by the terminal device on the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol included in each resource set.
- the signal on the AGC symbol is designed as the signal of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set.
- the receiving terminal equipment can reasonably set the receiving power of the receiving terminal equipment according to the power of the positioning reference signal to be transmitted, so as to improve the receiving performance.
- Multiple resource sets are equally distributed in the time-frequency unit to ensure that the distance between resource sets is maximized, which can reduce inter-symbol interference between resource sets and improve network transmission performance.
- the following describes the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application by taking the first terminal device as a sending terminal device and the second terminal device as a receiving terminal device as an example.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for determining a resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the resource determination method includes:
- the first terminal device sends first information to the second terminal device.
- the second terminal device receives the first information from the first terminal device.
- the SL connection is established between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the first information is used to indicate the port of the first positioning reference signal.
- the first positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal to be sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
- the PC5 interface is used for positioning between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
- the first terminal device determines the first port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
- the first terminal device sends the first information to the second terminal device.
- the first information includes the port number of the first port.
- the second terminal device determines the first port according to the first information.
- the first information further includes: a time interval between a starting time domain position of the resource used for transmitting the first positioning reference signal and a time domain position where the first terminal device sends the first information.
- the first terminal device determines a second port corresponding to the second positioning reference signal.
- the second positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal to be sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device. That is, the second positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal to be received by the first terminal device from the second terminal device.
- the first information further includes the port number of the second port.
- the first information further includes: a time interval between the starting time domain position of the resource used for transmitting the second positioning reference signal and the time domain position where the first terminal device sends the first information.
- the first information includes sidelink control information (SCI), and the SCI includes the port number of the first port and the port number of the second port.
- SCI sidelink control information
- the first terminal device determines the port corresponding to the positioning reference signal as an example for description.
- the second terminal device may also determine the port corresponding to the positioning reference signal, and then notify the first terminal device, which will not be repeated here.
- the first terminal device and the second terminal device respectively determine the port corresponding to the positioning reference signal by themselves.
- the first positioning reference signal corresponds to the first port
- the first positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal to be sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
- the second positioning reference signal corresponds to the second port
- the second positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal to be sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
- the first terminal device sends first information to the second terminal device, where the first information includes the port number of the first port. Then, the second terminal device can determine the first port.
- the first information further includes a time interval between the starting time domain position of the resource used for transmitting the first positioning reference signal and the time domain position where the first terminal device sends the first information.
- the second terminal device sends the second information to the first terminal device.
- the second information includes the port number of the second port.
- the second information further includes a time interval between the starting time domain position of the resource used for transmitting the second positioning reference signal and the time domain position where the first terminal device sends the first information.
- the first information and the second information may be SCI.
- the positioning requirement scenario of the SL system is usually the positioning between terminal devices.
- the first terminal device sends the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal device as an example for description.
- the process of sending the second positioning reference signal by the second terminal device to the first terminal device is similar to this embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
- the first terminal device determines that the first positioning reference signal corresponds to port 1 .
- the first terminal device sends first information to the second terminal device, where the first information includes the port number of port 1 .
- the second terminal device determines a port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal according to the first information.
- the first information is used to indicate the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
- the first information includes a port number of a port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
- the second terminal device determines the port number of the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal according to the first information.
- the second terminal device determines the first resource in the time-frequency unit according to the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
- the first terminal device determines the first resource in the time-frequency unit according to the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
- Both steps 403 and 404 are similar to the process in which the terminal device determines the first resource in step 201 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A .
- steps 403 and 404 are similar to the process in which the terminal device determines the first resource in step 201 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A .
- Steps 401 to 403 may be performed first, and then step 404; or, step 404 may be performed first, and then steps 401 to 403 may be performed; or, depending on the situation, steps 401 to 403 and step 404 may be performed at the same time, which is not specifically limited in this application. .
- the first terminal device sends the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal device on the first resource.
- the second terminal device receives the first positioning reference signal from the first terminal device on the first resource.
- the first positioning reference signal corresponds to port 1 .
- the first resource includes the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 1 in FIG. 3A .
- the first terminal device sends the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal device on the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port 1.
- the second terminal device receives the first positioning reference signal on the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of port 1, and measures the first positioning reference signal to obtain a measurement result. Then, the second terminal device determines the position of the first terminal device according to the measurement result.
- the first terminal device sends the first information to the second terminal device.
- the first information is used to indicate the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
- the second terminal device determines the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal according to the indication information, and determines the first resource according to the two ports corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
- the first terminal device can send the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
- the second terminal device receives the first positioning reference signal on the first resource, so as to realize the positioning of the first terminal device by the second terminal device.
- the present application also provides another technical solution, through which the terminal device determines the resource used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the SL system.
- the following description will be made with reference to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a method for determining a resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the resource determination method includes:
- the terminal device acquires indication information.
- the indication information is used to determine the first resource set.
- the first resource set is used to send the first positioning reference signal of the terminal device.
- the first resource set and the second resource set are orthogonal in the frequency domain and overlap in the time domain.
- the second resource set is used to send a sidelink physical layer feedback channel (physical sidelink feedback channel, PSFCH) carrying sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request (SL HARQ) information.
- PSFCH physical sidelink feedback channel
- SL HARQ sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request
- the second resource set is an empty set, that is, no resource for feeding back HARQ-ACK information is allocated on the time slot where the PSFCH is located.
- the indication information is used to indicate a first resource set used for transmitting positioning reference signals and a second resource set used for PSFCH transmission in the PSFCH time slot.
- the indication information includes a bitmap.
- the bitmap is used to indicate the first resource set and the second resource set, and each bit in the bitmap corresponds to one PRB.
- FIG. 6A is one PSFCH slot.
- time domain symbol 10 and time domain symbol 11 are used to transmit the PSFCH.
- the bitmap is "0101010101010101".
- the PRB corresponding to the bit “0” in the bitmap is used to transmit the positioning reference signal.
- the PRB corresponding to the bit "1" in the bitmap may be used to transmit the PSFCH by default. That is, the bitmap indirectly indicates the second resource set for transmitting the PSFCH.
- PRB1 PRB3, PRB5, PRB7, PRB9, PRB11, PRB13, PRB15, PRB17 and PRB19 are used to transmit PSFCH.
- FIG. 6A shows that on the time domain symbol 10 and the time domain symbol 11, the PRB corresponding to the bit “0" in the bitmap is used to transmit the positioning reference signal, and the bit "1" in the bitmap "The corresponding PRB can be used by default for the implementation of sending the PSFCH.
- the following scheme can also be designed: on the time domain symbol 10 and the time domain symbol 11, the PRB corresponding to the bit "1” in the bitmap is used to transmit the PSFCH, and the bit "0" in the bitmap
- the corresponding PRBs are used to transmit positioning reference signals. That is, the bitmap directly indicates the first resource set and the second resource set.
- the first resource set and the second resource set are indicated by the same indication information.
- the indication information is used to indicate the first resource set used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the PSFCH time slot.
- the resources used to transmit the PSFCH carrying the SL HARQ in the PSFCH time slot are configured through a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap corresponds to one PRB.
- time domain symbol 10 and time domain symbol 11 are used for PSFCH transmission.
- the bitmap is "0101010101010101".
- PRB corresponding to the bit "1" in the bitmap is used to transmit the PSFCH. That is, in the PSFCH time slot, on time domain symbol 10 and time domain symbol 11, PRB1, PRB3, PRB5, PRB7, PRB9, PRB11, PRB13, PRB15, PRB17 and PRB19 are used to transmit PSFCH.
- the terminal device After the terminal device receives the bitmap "010101010101010101", the terminal device determines that the PRB corresponding to the bit "1" in the bitmap is used to send the PSFCH, and the PRB corresponding to the bit "0" in the bitmap is an idle PRB.
- the PRBs corresponding to the bit "0" in the bitmap are PRB0, PRB2, PRB4, PRB6, PRB8, PRB10, PRB12, PRB14, PRB16, and PRB18, respectively.
- the terminal device receives the indication information, where the indication information is "1010111111".
- the indication information is used to indicate whether the PRB corresponding to the bit “0" in "010101010101010101" in the above bitmap is used for transmitting positioning reference signals.
- the bit “1” in the indication information is used to indicate that the PRB corresponding to the corresponding bit “0” in the bitmap is used for transmitting the positioning reference signal.
- the bit “0” in the indication information is used to indicate that the PRB corresponding to the corresponding bit "0" in the bitmap cannot be used to transmit the positioning reference signal.
- the first bit “1” in the indication information "1010111111” indicates that the PRB corresponding to the first "bit 0" in “0101010101010101" in the bitmap can be used for transmitting positioning reference signals.
- the second bit “0” in the indication information "1010111111” indicates that the PRB corresponding to the second "bit 0" in "0101010101010101” in the bitmap cannot be used for transmitting positioning reference signals.
- the third bit “1” in the indication information "1010111111” indicates that the PRB corresponding to the third "bit 0" in "0101010101010101" in the bitmap can be used to transmit a positioning reference signal.
- the tenth bit “1" in the indication information "1010111111” indicates that the PRB corresponding to the tenth "bit 0" of "010101010101010101" in the bitmap can be used to transmit a positioning reference signal.
- PRB0, PRB4, PRB8, PRB10, PRB12, PRB14, PRB16 and PRB18 are used for transmitting positioning reference signals. Please refer to Fig. 6B for details.
- FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B show the implementation manner in which the PRB corresponding to the bit "1" in the bitmap is used for sending the PSFCH.
- the PRB corresponding to the bit "0" in the bitmap may be used to transmit the PSFCH.
- the bits included in the indication information in the foregoing step 501 are respectively used to indicate whether the PRB corresponding to the bit "1" in the foregoing bitmap is used for transmitting the positioning reference signal.
- the first resource set and the second resource set are indicated by different indication information.
- the first resource set used for transmitting positioning reference signals and the second resource set used for PSFCH transmission overlap in the time domain (that is, both the first resource set and the second resource set occupy PSFCH time slots.
- the time-domain symbols 10 and time-domain symbols 11) are orthogonal in the frequency domain.
- the terminal device determines a first resource set according to the indication information.
- the indication information includes a bitmap. As shown in FIG. 6A , the bitmap is “0101010101010101”, and the PRB corresponding to the bit “0” in the bitmap is used to transmit a positioning reference signal.
- the terminal equipment determines, according to the bitmap, the PRBs in the PSFCH time slot for transmitting the positioning reference signal.
- the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5 may further include step 503 .
- Step 503 is performed after step 502 .
- the terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource set.
- the first condition includes that the ratio between the first difference and the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to a preset threshold.
- the first difference is the difference between the PRB index of the first physical resource block and the second PRB index.
- the first PRB index is the maximum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal in the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information.
- the second PRB index is the smallest PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal within the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information.
- the first bandwidth is the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or the PSSCH are located; or, the first bandwidth is the number of frequency domain physical resource blocks indicated by the bit length of the indication information.
- the size of the preset threshold is set according to the positioning accuracy requirement of the terminal device.
- the terminal device may determine the corresponding preset threshold according to the mapping relationship and the positioning accuracy requirement of the terminal device.
- the PRBs used for transmitting the positioning reference signal appear at equal density. That is, the bit "0" in the bitmap is of equal density.
- the PRBs used for transmitting the positioning reference signal may also appear in an unequal density. The following will be introduced in conjunction with the example shown in FIG. 6C .
- FIG. 6C shows a PSFCH time slot, in which time domain symbol 10 and time domain symbol 11 are used for PSFCH transmission.
- the bitmap is "00011111110100000111".
- the PRB corresponding to the bit "0" in the bitmap is used to transmit the positioning reference signal.
- the PRB corresponding to the bit "1" in the bitmap may be used to transmit the PSFCH by default. That is, the bitmap indirectly indicates the second resource set for transmitting the PSFCH.
- the terminal device uses the first resource set to transmit the first positioning reference signal.
- the bandwidth requirement of the positioning reference signal can be met.
- the equivalent bandwidth of the positioning reference signal can be made equal to the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or the PSSCH are located, thereby obtaining higher positioning accuracy.
- idle resources are used to send the positioning reference signal to meet the positioning requirement.
- the largest PRB index is 16, and the smallest PRB index is 0.
- the first difference is then equal to 16.
- the bitmap is "00011111110100000111", and each bit corresponds to one PRB. Therefore, it can be seen that the first bandwidth is 20.
- the ratio of the first difference to the first bandwidth is then equal to 16/20.
- the preset threshold is 0.7. Then it can be known that the ratio of the first difference to the first bandwidth is greater than the preset threshold, and the terminal device can transmit the first positioning reference signal on the first resource set.
- the terminal device determines the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal. Then, the terminal device determines the first resource corresponding to the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal from the first resource set. The terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
- the terminal device determines the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal; then, the terminal device determines the starting frequency domain position of the first positioning reference signal on one or more time domain symbols according to the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
- the terminal device determines the first resource according to the starting frequency domain position of the first positioning reference signal, and transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
- the first resource set includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, where the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal.
- the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal refers to the density of the PRS mapping in the frequency domain.
- the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal is defined from at least one of the following two aspects:
- Aspect 1 The density of positioning reference signals mapped in the frequency domain within one PRB.
- the density of the positioning reference signal mapped in the frequency domain within a PRB is calculated by characterization.
- Aspect 2 In the resource pool of SL-PRS, one positioning reference signal is transmitted on one logical RB in every R logical RBs.
- the aspect 2 may be characterized by the number R of resource subsets included in the first resource set. That is, in the resource pool of the SL-PRS, the positioning reference signal is transmitted in an interlaced manner on logical RBs, and one logical RB is used for mapping the positioning reference signal in every R logical RBs.
- R may be pre-configured, or specified by a communication protocol, or configured by the access network device for the terminal device through signaling (for example, RRC signaling), which is not specifically limited in this application, and R is greater than or equal to 1 Integer.
- signaling for example, RRC signaling
- the logical RB refers to that the PRBs included in the first resource set are rearranged in a frequency domain order to form a continuous logical RB. Logical indices corresponding to adjacent logical RBs are consecutive.
- the RBs shown in FIG. 6A for transmitting positioning reference signals are rearranged to obtain the logical RBs shown in FIG. 6D .
- Each logical RB corresponds to a logical index.
- the logical indices corresponding to two adjacent logical RBs are consecutive.
- logical RB0 in FIG. 6D corresponds to PRB0 in FIG. 6A
- logical RB1 in FIG. 6D corresponds to PRB2 in FIG. 6A
- logical RB2 in FIG. 6D corresponds to PRB4 in FIG. 6A
- logical RB3 in FIG. 6D corresponds to FIG.
- FIG. 6D correspond to the physical PRB6 in FIG. 6A
- the logical RB5 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB8 in FIG. 6A
- the logical RB6 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB10 in FIG. 6A
- FIG. 6D The logical RB7 in FIG. 6A corresponds to the physical PRB12 in FIG. 6A
- the logical RB8 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB14 in FIG. 6A
- the logical RB9 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB16 in FIG. 6A
- the logical RB10 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB16 in FIG. 6A.
- the physical PRB18 corresponds to the physical PRB6 in FIG. 6A
- the logical RB5 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB8 in FIG. 6A
- the logical RB6 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB10 in FIG. 6A
- the first resource set includes R resource subsets.
- Each resource subset includes L time-domain symbols, which are time-domain symbols used for transmitting positioning reference signals in the PSFCH slot.
- the time domain symbols occupied by different resource subsets overlap.
- the logical RB index included in the jth resource subset in the R resource subsets is j+k*R.
- j is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than R.
- k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the first ratio.
- the first ratio is the ratio of the number of logical RBs to R.
- Each resource subset is used for transmission The positioning reference signals of the positioning reference signal ports, That is, the first resource set is used for transmission The positioning reference signal of the positioning reference signal port.
- the frequency-domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal ports in different resource subsets satisfy a frequency-division multiplexing relationship.
- R the time domain symbol 10 and the time domain symbol 11 are used to transmit the positioning reference signal.
- resource subset 0 includes logical RB0, logical RB2, logical RB4, logical RB6, logical RB8 and logical RB10 in the frequency domain.
- Resource subset 0 includes time domain symbols 10 and 11 in the time domain.
- Resource subset 1 includes logical RB1, logical RB3, logical RB5, logical RB7 and logical RB9 in the frequency domain.
- Resource subset 1 includes time domain symbols 10 and time domain symbols 11 in the time domain. It can be seen from this that on the time domain symbol 10, the frequency domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal ports in the resource subset 0 and the resource subset 1 satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship. On the time domain symbol 11, the frequency domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal ports in the resource subset 0 and the resource subset 1 satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, thereby improving the utilization rate of the resources.
- the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to ports 0 to 3 respectively belong to resource subset 0. It can be seen from FIG. 6E that, on the time domain symbol 10, in the resource subset 0, the frequency domain resources occupied by ports 0 to 3 respectively satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position corresponding to port i on one or more time domain symbols is located is: i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
- the unit of the starting frequency domain position is a subcarrier.
- the unit of the starting frequency domain position involved in the following is a subcarrier, and details are not repeated here.
- the one or more time-domain symbols are time-domain symbols used for transmitting positioning reference signals in the PSFCH time slot.
- k' represents the relative frequency-domain offset of the port on each time-domain symbol.
- k' can be based on l' and Sure. in, l represents the time domain symbol index of the positioning reference signal corresponding to port i in the PSFCH slot, Indicates the time-domain symbol index in the PSFCH slot of the first time-domain symbol used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the PSFCH slot.
- the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the port on one or more time domain symbols is located can be determined by the above formula Sure.
- the first resource set includes two resource subsets with reference to FIG. 6E .
- Resource subset 0 includes logical RB0, logical RB2, logical RB4, logical RB6, logical RB8, and logical RB10.
- Resource subset 1 includes logical RB1, logical RB3, logical RB5, logical RB7 and logical RB9.
- the right part of FIG. 6E is an enlarged schematic view of the dotted line part of FIG. 6E .
- FIG. 6E shows the mapping situation of positioning reference signals on the resources included in the dotted line part in the left part of FIG. 6E .
- the mapping of the positioning reference signals of the resources in other parts in the left part of FIG. 6E is similar, and will not be described one by one here.
- the number of the subcarrier where the corresponding starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to the positioning reference signal port on the two time domain symbols is located is: Then, specific positions of the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources are determined in combination with the corresponding starting frequency domain positions on the two time-domain symbols of the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources. Please refer to the right part of FIG. 6E for the specific mapping situation.
- the first resource set includes a resource subset with reference to FIG. 6F .
- the first resource set includes one resource subset, which is resource subset 0.
- Resource subset 0 includes logical RB0 to logical RB9.
- the right part of FIG. 6F is an enlarged schematic diagram of the dotted line part in the left part of FIG. 6F , and the right part of FIG. 6F shows the distribution of each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource on the resources of the dotted line part in the left part of FIG. 6F .
- the distribution of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources on other parts of the resources is similar, and will not be described one by one here.
- the first time domain symbol in the PSFCH time slot used for transmitting the positioning reference signal is used as the AGC symbol.
- the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the second time domain symbol used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the PSFCH time slot.
- the second time-domain symbol is the second time-domain symbol in the PSFCH slot for transmitting the positioning reference signal.
- the implementation is described below with reference to FIG. 6G .
- FIG. 6G is an enlarged schematic diagram of the dashed line part in FIG. 6E
- FIG. 6G shows the distribution of positioning reference signal time-frequency resources on the resources of the dashed line part in FIG. 6E .
- the distribution of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources on other parts of the resources is similar, and will not be described one by one here.
- the first time-domain symbol in the PSFCH slot for transmitting the positioning reference signal is used as an AGC symbol.
- the above formula can be used The numbers of the subcarriers where the respective corresponding starting frequency domain positions of the eight positioning reference time-frequency resources on the second time domain symbol are located may be determined.
- the specific positions of the eight positioning reference time-frequency resources are determined in combination with the numbers of the subcarriers where the corresponding starting frequency domain positions of the eight positioning reference time-frequency resources are located on the second time-domain symbol.
- the specific distribution of the eight positioning reference time-frequency resources is shown in FIG. 6G .
- the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol may be a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the second time domain symbol.
- FIG. 6H only shows the enlarged schematic diagram of the dotted line in FIG. 6F .
- FIG. 6H shows the distribution of positioning reference signal time-frequency resources on the resources in the dotted line part of FIG. 6F .
- the distribution of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources is similar, and will not be described one by one here.
- the first time-domain symbol in the PSFCH slot for transmitting the positioning reference signal is used as the AGC symbol.
- the above formula can be used.
- the numbers of the subcarriers where the corresponding starting frequency domain positions of the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the second time domain symbol are located can be determined; then, combined with the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the second time domain
- the numbers of the subcarriers where the corresponding starting frequency domain positions on the symbols are located determine the specific positions of the time-frequency resources of the four positioning reference signals.
- the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol is a replica of the signal sent by the terminal device on the second time domain symbol.
- the terminal device acquires indication information, and the indication information is used to determine the first resource set.
- the first resource set is used to transmit the first positioning reference signal of the terminal device.
- the first resource set and the second resource set are orthogonal in the frequency domain and overlap in the time domain; the second resource set is used to send the PSFCH bearing SL HARQ; the terminal device determines the first resource set according to the indication information.
- the terminal device can determine the resource used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the SL system.
- idle resources are used to send the positioning reference signal to meet the positioning requirement.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication apparatus may be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A , and may also be used to perform the steps performed by the first terminal device or the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 .
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication apparatus may be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A , and may also be used to perform the steps performed by the first terminal device or the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 .
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication apparatus may be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A , and may also be used to perform the steps performed by the first terminal device or the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 .
- FIG. 7 is
- the communication device includes a processing module 701 and a transceiver module 702 .
- the processing module 701 is configured to determine a first resource according to the port of the first positioning reference signal, the first resource is used for transmitting the first positioning reference signal, the first resource is located in a time-frequency unit, and when the time-frequency unit includes X positioning reference signals frequency resources, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
- the transceiver module 702 is configured to transmit the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
- the port of the first positioning reference signal is a port sensed by the communication device.
- the transceiver module 702 is further configured to:
- first information where the first information is used to indicate a port of the first positioning reference signal.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports at the same frequency domain position The corresponding time domain resources satisfy the time division multiplexing relationship.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports on the same time domain symbol The corresponding frequency domain resources satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the time domain corresponding to the positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency domain position Time division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between resources.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the frequency domain corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set on the same time domain symbol The resources satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
- the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include M resource sets, the time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap, and the value of M is related to X and a positioning Frequency Domain Density of Reference Signal related.
- each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the positioning reference signal ports, each resource set in the M resource sets includes LPRS time domain symbols, and LPRS is the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by one positioning reference signal.
- the first initial time domain position is determined according to the first offset, and the first initial frequency domain position is determined according to the second offset;
- the first offset is the offset of the first starting time domain position relative to the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit
- the second offset is the second starting frequency domain position relative to the starting frequency of the time-frequency unit. the offset of the domain position
- the first starting time domain position is the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i in the X positioning reference signal ports;
- the first starting frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i in the X positioning reference signal ports on the time domain symbol 1;
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1;
- l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c
- b is the number of the time-domain symbol where the first starting time-domain position is located
- c is the sum of the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal corresponding to port i and b one less;
- the first offset is based on the i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal It is determined by the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal;
- the second offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal and k', which is determined according to l and the first offset.
- the first offset is determined according to X, the number of time-domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal, and the number of symbols L sym1 contained in the time-frequency unit.
- the second offset is % means remainder.
- the first offset is In the case of , the signal sent by the communication device on the signal of the first time domain symbol is a copy of the signal sent by the communication device on the second time domain symbol;
- the first time-domain symbol is the previous time-domain symbol of the second time-domain symbol in the time-frequency unit
- the second time-domain symbol is the first time-domain symbol in the L PRS time-domain symbols included in each resource set in the M resource sets. Domain notation.
- the X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to at least one parameter among the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter;
- the first parameter is the number of time-domain symbols L syml included in the time-frequency unit, where L syml is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
- the second parameter is the number of time domain symbols LPRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal in the time domain, where LPRS is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
- the third parameter is the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the processing module 701 determines the first resource according to the port of the first positioning reference signal. Then, the transceiver module 702 transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource. Therefore, there is no need for the access network equipment to configure the starting time-frequency resources for transmitting the positioning reference signal, which reduces signaling interaction between the access network equipment and the communication apparatus, and saves signaling overhead.
- the time-frequency unit may include X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively.
- the real-time frequency unit can be used for the transmission of X positioning reference signals, and the utilization rate of resources is high.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the communication apparatus may be configured to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
- FIG. 5 please refer to the relevant introduction in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the communication device includes a transceiver module 801 and a processing module 802 .
- the transceiver module 801 is configured to obtain indication information, where the indication information is used to determine a first resource set, and the first resource set is used to send a first positioning reference signal of a communication device; the first resource set and the second resource set are in the same frequency domain. and overlap in the time domain; the second resource set is used to send the PSFCH bearing SL HARQ;
- the processing module 802 is configured to determine the first resource set according to the indication information.
- the transceiver module 801 is further used for:
- the first condition includes that the ratio between the first difference and the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to a preset threshold
- the first difference is the difference between the PRB index and the second PRB index
- the first PRB index is the maximum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal in the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information
- the second PRB index is the minimum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal in the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information
- the first bandwidth is the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or PSSCH are located, or,
- the first bandwidth is the number of frequency domain physical resource blocks indicated by the bit length of the indication information.
- the indication information is further used to determine the second resource set.
- the first resource set includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, where the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the X number of positioning reference signal ports are determined according to the frequency domain density of one positioning reference signal.
- the first resource set includes at least two resource subsets, and in the at least two resource subsets, between frequency domain resources corresponding to positioning reference signal ports in different resource subsets on the same time domain symbol To meet the frequency division multiplexing relationship;
- frequency-domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource subset on the same time-domain symbol satisfy a frequency-division multiplexing relationship.
- each resource subset in the at least two resource subsets is used for transmission
- the positioning reference signal of each port Indicates the mapping density of a positioning reference signal in the frequency domain within a PRB.
- the transceiver module 801 acquires indication information, and the indication information is used to determine the first resource set.
- the first resource set is used to transmit a first positioning reference signal of the communication device.
- the first resource set and the second resource set are orthogonal in the frequency domain and overlap in the time domain; the second resource set is used to send the PSFCH carrying the SL HARQ; the processing module 802 determines the first resource set according to the indication information.
- the communication apparatus can determine the resources used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the SL system.
- idle resources are used to send the positioning reference signal to meet the positioning requirement.
- FIG. 9 A possible structural schematic diagram in which the communication apparatus is a terminal device is shown below through FIG. 9 .
- FIG. 9 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device.
- the terminal device takes a mobile phone as an example.
- the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
- the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
- the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
- the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
- Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
- Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
- the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
- the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves.
- the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
- FIG. 9 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 9 . In an actual end device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
- the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like.
- the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as a transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with a processing function may be regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device.
- the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920 .
- the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, or the like.
- the processing unit may also be referred to as a processor, a processing single board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
- the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 910 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 910 may be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 910 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
- the transceiver unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
- the receiving unit may also sometimes be referred to as a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, or the like.
- the transmitting unit may also sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, or the like.
- transceiving unit 910 is configured to perform the sending and receiving operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiments
- processing unit 920 is configured to perform other operations on the terminal device in the above method embodiments except the transceiving operations.
- the processing unit 902 is configured to execute step 201 in FIG. 2A .
- the transceiver unit 910 is used to execute step 203 in FIG. 2A .
- the transceiver unit 901 is configured to perform step 401 and step 405 in FIG. 4 .
- the processing unit 902 is configured to execute step 404 in FIG. 4 .
- the transceiver unit 901 is configured to execute step 501 in FIG. 5
- the processing unit 902 is configured to execute step 502 in FIG. 5 .
- the chip When the terminal device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
- the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface
- the processing unit may be a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit or a logic circuit integrated on the chip.
- Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product including instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the resource mapping method of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2A , FIG. 4 , and FIG. 5 .
- Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the resource mapping in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2A , FIG. 4 , and FIG. 5 . method.
- An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip device, which includes a processor, which is connected to a memory and calls a program stored in the memory, so that the processor executes the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 2A , FIG. 4 , and FIG. 5 .
- Resource mapping method which is performed by the processor.
- the processor mentioned in any of the above can be a general-purpose central processing unit, a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more of the above-mentioned Fig. 2A, An integrated circuit for program execution of the resource mapping method of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 .
- the memory mentioned in any one of the above can be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), and the like.
- the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
- the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
- the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
- multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
- the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
- the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
- the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
- the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请涉及通信技术,尤其涉及一种资源映射方法以及通信装置。The present application relates to communication technologies, and in particular, to a resource mapping method and a communication device.
定位功能是5G新空口(new radio,NR)的一项重要功能。具体的,接入网设备向终端设备发送配置信息。该配置信息包括定位参考信号的起始时频位置等信息。终端设备根据定位参考信号的起始时频位置确定用于接收定位参考信号的时频资源。终端设备在该时频资源上接收接入网设备发送的定位参考信号,并对定位参考信号进行测量。然后,终端设备向接入网设备反馈测量结果,以便于接入网设备对终端设备进行定位。The positioning function is an important function of the 5G new radio (NR). Specifically, the access network device sends configuration information to the terminal device. The configuration information includes information such as the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal. The terminal device determines the time-frequency resource for receiving the positioning reference signal according to the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal. The terminal device receives the positioning reference signal sent by the access network device on the time-frequency resource, and measures the positioning reference signal. Then, the terminal device feeds back the measurement result to the access network device, so that the access network device can locate the terminal device.
由上述方案可知,接入网设备对终端设备进行定位的过程中,需要为终端设备配置定位参考信号的起始时频位置,导致信令开销较大。It can be seen from the above solution that in the process of positioning the terminal device by the access network device, the terminal device needs to be configured with the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal, resulting in a large signaling overhead.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供了一种资源映射方法以及通信装置,用于减少接入网设备与终端设备之间的信令交互,节省信令开销。The embodiments of the present application provide a resource mapping method and a communication device, which are used to reduce signaling interaction between an access network device and a terminal device and save signaling overhead.
本申请实施例的第一方面提供一种资源映射方法,包括:A first aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a resource mapping method, including:
终端设备根据第一定位参考信号的端口确定第一资源;第一资源用于传输第一定位参考信号,第一资源位于时频单元内,时频单元包括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应,X为大于或等于2的整数;然后,终端设备在第一资源上进行第一定位参考信号的传输。The terminal device determines the first resource according to the port of the first positioning reference signal; the first resource is used to transmit the first positioning reference signal, the first resource is located in a time-frequency unit, and the time-frequency unit includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, X The positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to X positioning reference signal ports respectively, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 2; then, the terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
本实施例中,终端设备根据第一定位参考信号的端口确定第一资源。然后,终端设备在第一资源上进行第一定位参考信号的传输。因此,无需接入网设备配置用于传输定位参考信号的起始时频资源,减少了接入网设备与终端设备之间的信令交互,节省信令开销。进一步的,时频单元可以包括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应。即时频单元可以用于X个定位参考信号的传输,资源的利用率较高。In this embodiment, the terminal device determines the first resource according to the port of the first positioning reference signal. Then, the terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource. Therefore, it is not necessary for the access network device to configure the starting time-frequency resource for transmitting the positioning reference signal, which reduces signaling interaction between the access network device and the terminal device, and saves signaling overhead. Further, the time-frequency unit may include X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively. The real-time frequency unit can be used for the transmission of X positioning reference signals, and the utilization rate of resources is high.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一定位参考信号的端口为终端设备感知的端口。In a possible implementation manner, the port of the first positioning reference signal is a port sensed by the terminal device.
在该可能的实现方式中,提供了一种具体的第一定位参考信号的端口的确定方式。例如,在车联网络(vehicle to everything,V2X)系统中,终端设备可以自行感知第一定位参考信号的端口。In this possible implementation manner, a specific manner for determining the port of the first positioning reference signal is provided. For example, in a vehicle to everything (V2X) system, the terminal device can sense the port of the first positioning reference signal by itself.
另一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:终端设备获取第一信息,第一信息用于指示第一定位参考信号的端口。In another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal device acquires first information, where the first information is used to indicate a port of the first positioning reference signal.
该实现方式提供了终端设备确定第一定位参考信号的端口的另一种确定方式,提高了方案的多样性和可行性。This implementation provides another way for the terminal device to determine the port of the first positioning reference signal, which improves the diversity and feasibility of the solution.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个定位参考信号时频资源,至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一频域位置上不同定位参考信号端口对 应的时域资源满足时分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports at the same frequency domain position The corresponding time domain resources satisfy the time division multiplexing relationship.
该实现方式中,该至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一频域资源上不同定位参考信号端口对应的时域资源满足时分复用关系。这样终端设备之间可以在时频单元包括的不同的时间段向对方发送定位参考信号,从而避免终端设备无法同时收发定位参考信号的问题,实现终端设备之间的定位。In this implementation manner, among the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, time domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports on the same frequency domain resource satisfy a time division multiplexing relationship. In this way, the terminal devices can send positioning reference signals to each other in different time periods included in the time-frequency unit, thereby avoiding the problem that the terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, and realizing the positioning between the terminal devices.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个定位参考信号时频资源;至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一时域符号上不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源满足频分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources; in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports on the same time domain symbol The corresponding frequency domain resources satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
该实现方式中,至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一时域符号上不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源满足频分复用关系。这样,不同终端设备可以在时频单元的不同频域资源上传输定位参考信号,从而提高资源利用率。例如,在时频单元的同一时域符号内,不同终端设备可以在不同子载波上传输定位参考信号。In this implementation manner, among the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports on the same time domain symbol satisfy a frequency division multiplexing relationship. In this way, different terminal devices can transmit positioning reference signals on different frequency domain resources of the time-frequency unit, thereby improving resource utilization. For example, within the same time-domain symbol of a time-frequency unit, different terminal devices may transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个资源集合,至少两个资源集合中,在同一频域位置上不同资源集合中的定位参考信号端口对应的时域资源之间满足时分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the time domain corresponding to the positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency domain position Time division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between resources.
在上述实现方式中,两个终端设备可以采用不同资源集合内的时频资源传输定位参考信号。从而避免终端设备无法同时收发定位参考信号的问题,实现终端设备之间的定位。In the above implementation manner, the two terminal devices can transmit the positioning reference signal by using time-frequency resources in different resource sets. Therefore, the problem that the terminal equipment cannot transmit and receive the positioning reference signal at the same time is avoided, and the positioning between the terminal equipments is realized.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个资源集合,至少两个资源集合中每个资源集合中,在同一时域符号上同一资源集合内不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in each resource set in the at least two resource sets, different positioning reference signals in the same resource set on the same time domain symbol The frequency domain resources corresponding to the ports satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
该实现方式中,不同终端设备可以在同一资源集合包括的不同频域资源上传输定位参考信号,从而提高资源的利用率。例如,在时频单元的同一时域符号内,不同终端设备可以在不同子载波上传输定位参考信号。In this implementation manner, different terminal devices can transmit positioning reference signals on different frequency domain resources included in the same resource set, thereby improving resource utilization. For example, within the same time-domain symbol of a time-frequency unit, different terminal devices may transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括M个资源集合,M个资源集合中不同的资源集合包括的时域资源之间不重叠,M的值与X和一个定位参考信号的频域密度 确定的有关。 In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include M resource sets, the time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap, and the value of M is related to X and a positioning Frequency Domain Density of Reference Signal ok about.
在该实现方式中,M个资源集合中不同的资源集合包括的时域资源之间不重叠,这样两个终端设备可以采用不同资源集合内的时频资源传输定位参考信号。从而避免终端设备无法同时收发定位参考信号的问题,实现终端设备之间的定位。并且,提供了M的大小与X和定位参考信号的频域密度 有关。实现M个资源集合中不同资源集合之间的定位参考信号满足频分复用关系,而同一资源集合内不同定位参考信号的时频资源之间满足频分复用关系,以提升资源利用率。 In this implementation manner, the time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap, so that the two terminal devices can use the time-frequency resources in different resource sets to transmit the positioning reference signal. Therefore, the problem that the terminal equipment cannot transmit and receive the positioning reference signal at the same time is avoided, and the positioning between the terminal equipments is realized. And, the size of M and the frequency domain density of X and positioning reference signals are provided related. It is realized that the positioning reference signals between different resource sets in the M resource sets satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, and the time-frequency resources of different positioning reference signals in the same resource set satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, so as to improve the resource utilization rate.
另一种可能的实现方式中,M个资源集合中每个资源集合用于传输 个端口对应的定位参考信号,M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括L PRS个时域符号,L PRS为一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量。 In another possible implementation manner, each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the ports, each resource set in the M resource sets includes LPRS time domain symbols, where LPRS is the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by one positioning reference signal.
上述实现方式示出了每个资源集合与定位参考信号之间的关系以及每个资源集合包括的时域符号数量。The above implementation manner shows the relationship between each resource set and the positioning reference signal and the number of time domain symbols included in each resource set.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一起始时域位置是根据第一偏移量确定的,第一起始频 域位置是根据第二偏移量确定的;In another possible implementation manner, the first initial time domain position is determined according to the first offset, and the first initial frequency domain position is determined according to the second offset;
第一偏移量为第一起始时域位置相对于时频单元的起始时域位置的偏移量,第二偏移量为第二起始频域位置相对于时频单元的起始频域位置的偏移量;The first offset is the offset of the first starting time domain position relative to the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit, and the second offset is the second starting frequency domain position relative to the starting frequency of the time-frequency unit. the offset of the domain position;
第一起始时域位置为X个定位参考信号端口中端口i对应的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置;The first starting time domain position is the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i in the X positioning reference signal ports;
第一起始频域位置为X个定位参考信号端口中端口i对应的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置;The first starting frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position on the
i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数;l为大于或等于b且小于或等于c的整数,b为第一起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号,c为端口i对应的定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量与b之和少一;i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1; l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c, b is the number of the time domain symbol where the first starting time domain position is located, and c is port i The sum of the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by the corresponding positioning reference signal and b is one less;
第一偏移量是根据i、一个定位参考信号的频域密度 和一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS确定的; The first offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal It is determined by the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal;
第二偏移量是根据i、一个定位参考信号的频域密度 和k′确定的,k′是根据l和第一偏移量确定的。 The second offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal and k', which is determined according to l and the first offset.
上述实现方式中,每个端口的定位参考信号的起始时频位置可以根据偏移量确定。这样无需接入网设备为终端设备配置定位参考信号的起始时频位置。减少了接入网设备与终端设备之间的信令交互,节省信令开销。In the above implementation manner, the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal of each port may be determined according to the offset. In this way, the access network equipment does not need to configure the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal for the terminal equipment. The signaling interaction between the access network equipment and the terminal equipment is reduced, and signaling overhead is saved.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一偏移量 或者,第一偏移量 或者,第一偏移量 In another possible implementation, the first offset or, the first offset or, the first offset
上述实现方式提供了多种第一偏移量的计算方式,为方案的实施提供基础。并且,不同的计算方式使得X个定位参考信号端口分别占用的时域符号的位置不同,丰富了方案的多样性。The above implementation manner provides a variety of calculation manners for the first offset, which provides a basis for the implementation of the solution. In addition, different calculation methods make the positions of the time domain symbols occupied by the X positioning reference signal ports to be different, which enriches the diversity of the scheme.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一偏移量 是根据X、一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS和时频单元包含的符号数量L syml确定的。 In another possible implementation, the first offset is determined according to X, the number of time-domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal, and the number of symbols L sym1 contained in the time-frequency unit.
上述实现方式提供了第一起始时域符号位置的再一种具体的计算方式,提升了方案的多样性和可行性。The above implementation manner provides yet another specific calculation method for the position of the first initial time-domain symbol, which improves the diversity and feasibility of the solution.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第二偏移量为 %指取余。 In another possible implementation manner, the second offset is % means remainder.
上述实现方式提供了第二偏移量的计算方式,为方案的实施提供基础。The above implementation provides a calculation method for the second offset, which provides a basis for the implementation of the solution.
另一种可能的实现方式中,在第一偏移量为 的情况下,终端设备在第一时域符号的信号上发送的信号为终端设备在第二时域符号上发送的信号的复制;第一时域符号为在时频单元中第二时域符号的前一个时域符号,第二时域符号为M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括的L PRS个时域符号中首个时域符号。 In another possible implementation, the first offset is In the case of , the signal sent by the terminal device on the signal of the first time domain symbol is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the second time domain symbol; the first time domain symbol is the second time domain symbol in the time-frequency unit The previous time-domain symbol of , and the second time-domain symbol is the first time-domain symbol in the L PRS time-domain symbols included in each resource set in the M resource sets.
上述实现方式中,终端设备在每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号的前一个时域符号上发送的信号为终端设备在每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号上发送的信号的复制。这样接收终端设备可以根据待传输的定位参考信号的功率合理设置接收终端设备的接收功率,以提高接收性能,提升网络传输性能。In the above implementation manner, the signal sent by the terminal device on the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol included in each resource set. . In this way, the receiving terminal equipment can reasonably set the receiving power of the receiving terminal equipment according to the power of the positioning reference signal to be transmitted, so as to improve the receiving performance and the network transmission performance.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号端口是根据第一参数、第二参数和第三参数中的至少一个参数确定的;In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to at least one parameter among the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter;
第一参数为时频单元内包括的时域符号数量L syml,L syml为大于或等于1的整数; The first parameter is the number of time-domain symbols L syml included in the time-frequency unit, where L syml is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
第二参数为一个定位参考信号在时域上连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS,L PRS为大于或等于1的整数; The second parameter is the number of time domain symbols LPRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal in the time domain, where LPRS is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
第三参数为一个定位参考信号的频域密度 为大于1或等于1的整数。 The third parameter is the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在该可能的实现方式中,提供了确定X个定位参考信号端口的具体计算参考参数,为方案的实施提供基础,提升方案的可行性。In this possible implementation manner, specific calculation reference parameters for determining X positioning reference signal ports are provided, which provides a basis for the implementation of the solution and improves the feasibility of the solution.
本申请实施例第二方面提供一种资源确定方法,方法包括:A second aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a method for determining resources, the method comprising:
终端设备获取指示信息,指示信息用于确定第一资源集合,第一资源集合用于发送终端设备的第一定位参考信号;第一资源集合与第二资源集合在频域上正交,且在时域上重合;第二资源集合用于发送承载侧行链路混合重传请求信息(sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request,SL HARQ)的侧行链路物理层反馈信道(physical sidelink feedback channel,PSFCH);然后,终端设备根据指示信息确定第一资源集合。The terminal device obtains the indication information, and the indication information is used to determine the first resource set, and the first resource set is used to send the first positioning reference signal of the terminal device; the first resource set and the second resource set are orthogonal in the frequency domain, and are in the frequency domain. Coincidence in the time domain; the second resource set is used to send a sidelink physical layer feedback channel (physical sidelink feedback channel, PSFCH) carrying sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request information (sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request, SL HARQ); Then, the terminal device determines the first resource set according to the indication information.
本实施例中,终端设备可以确定SL系统中用于传输定位参考信号的资源。并且,第一资源集合不额外占用侧行链路物理层控制信息(physical sidelink control channel,PSCCH)的资源的情况下,采用PSFCH时隙中的空闲资源发送定位参考信号,以满足定位需求。In this embodiment, the terminal device can determine the resource used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the SL system. In addition, in the case where the first resource set does not additionally occupy resources of sidelink physical layer control information (physical sidelink control channel, PSCCH), the idle resource in the PSFCH time slot is used to send the positioning reference signal to meet the positioning requirement.
一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:当满足第一条件时,终端设备在第一资源集合上进行第一定位参考信号的传输;In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: when the first condition is satisfied, the terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource set;
第一条件包括第一差值与第一带宽之间的比值大于或等于预设阈值;第一差值为第一物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)索引与第二PRB索引之间的差值;The first condition includes that the ratio between the first difference and the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to a preset threshold; the first difference is the difference between the first physical resource block (physical resource block, PRB) index and the second PRB index value;
第一PRB索引为指示信息指示的同一时域符号内用于发送第一定位参考信号的最大PRB索引;第二PRB索引为指示信息指示的同一时域符号内用于发送第一定位参考信号的最小PRB索引;The first PRB index is the maximum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal within the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information; the second PRB index is the maximum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal within the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information. minimum PRB index;
第一带宽为PSCCH和/或侧行链路物理层共享信道(physical sidelink share channel,PSSCH)所在的资源池的带宽,或,第一带宽为指示信息的比特长度表示的频域物理资源块数量。The first bandwidth is the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or the sidelink physical layer shared channel (physical sidelink share channel, PSSCH) is located, or, the first bandwidth is the number of frequency domain physical resource blocks indicated by the bit length of the indication information .
上述实现方式中,在满足上述第一条件时,终端设备才采用第一资源集合进行第一定位参考信号的传输。这样可以满足定位参考信号的带宽需求。例如,通过上述方案可以使得定位参考信号的等效带宽等同于PSCCH和/或PSSCH所在的资源池的带宽,从而获得更高的定位精度。其次,本实施例指示的第一资源集合不额外占用PSCCH的资源的情况下,采用空闲资源发送定位参考信号,以满足定位需求。In the foregoing implementation manner, the terminal device uses the first resource set to transmit the first positioning reference signal only when the foregoing first condition is satisfied. In this way, the bandwidth requirement of the positioning reference signal can be met. For example, through the above solution, the equivalent bandwidth of the positioning reference signal can be made equal to the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or the PSSCH are located, thereby obtaining higher positioning accuracy. Secondly, under the condition that the first resource set indicated in this embodiment does not additionally occupy PSCCH resources, idle resources are used to send the positioning reference signal to meet the positioning requirement.
另一种可能的实现方式中,指示信息还用于确定第二资源集合。In another possible implementation manner, the indication information is further used to determine the second resource set.
该实现方式中,通过同一指示信息指示第一资源集合和第二资源集合,从而减少指示信令开销。In this implementation manner, the first resource set and the second resource set are indicated by the same indication information, thereby reducing indication signaling overhead.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一资源集合包括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应,X为大于或等于2的整数。In another possible implementation, the first resource set includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, where the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
在该可能的实现方式中,第一资源集合可以用于X个定位参考信号端口分别对应X个定位参考信号的传输,资源的利用率较高。In this possible implementation manner, the first resource set can be used for the transmission of X positioning reference signal ports corresponding to X positioning reference signals respectively, and the utilization rate of the resources is relatively high.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号端口是根据一个定位参考信号的频域密度确定的。In another possible implementation manner, the X number of positioning reference signal ports are determined according to the frequency domain density of one positioning reference signal.
在该可能的实现方式中,提供了确定X个定位参考信号端口的具体参考参数,为方案的实施提供基础,提升方案的可行性。In this possible implementation manner, specific reference parameters for determining X positioning reference signal ports are provided, which provides a basis for the implementation of the solution and improves the feasibility of the solution.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一资源集合包括至少两个资源子集,至少两个资源子集中,在同一时域符号上不同资源子集中的定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系;至少两个资源子集中,在同一时域符号上同一资源子集中不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the first resource set includes at least two resource subsets, and in the at least two resource subsets, between frequency domain resources corresponding to positioning reference signal ports in different resource subsets on the same time domain symbol The frequency division multiplexing relationship is satisfied; in at least two resource subsets, the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource subset on the same time domain symbol satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
在该可能的实现方式中,不同终端设备可以采用同一资源子集的资源或不同资源子集的资源进行定位参考信号的传输,这样可以提高资源利用率。In this possible implementation manner, different terminal devices may use resources of the same resource subset or resources of different resource subsets to transmit positioning reference signals, which can improve resource utilization.
另一种可能的实现方式中,至少两个资源子集中每个资源子集用于传输 个端口的定位参考信号, 表示定位参考信号在一个PRB内在频域上映射的密度。 In another possible implementation manner, each resource subset in the at least two resource subsets is used for transmission The positioning reference signal of each port, Indicates the density of positioning reference signals mapped in the frequency domain within a PRB.
上述实现方式示出了每个资源集合与定位参考信号之间的关系。The above implementations show the relationship between each resource set and the positioning reference signal.
本申请实施例第三方面提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括:A third aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes:
处理模块,用于根据第一定位参考信号的端口确定第一资源,第一资源用于传输第一定位参考信号,第一资源位于时频单元内,时频单元包括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应,X为大于或等于2的整数;a processing module, configured to determine a first resource according to the port of the first positioning reference signal, the first resource is used to transmit the first positioning reference signal, the first resource is located in a time-frequency unit, and the time-frequency unit includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
收发模块,用于在第一资源上进行第一定位参考信号的传输。The transceiver module is configured to transmit the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一定位参考信号的端口为通信装置感知的端口。In a possible implementation manner, the port of the first positioning reference signal is a port sensed by the communication device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一定位参考信号的端口。Obtain first information, where the first information is used to indicate a port of the first positioning reference signal.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个定位参考信号时频资源,至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一频域位置上不同定位参考信号端口对应的时域资源满足时分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports at the same frequency domain position The corresponding time domain resources satisfy the time division multiplexing relationship.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个定位参考信号时频资源,至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一时域符号上不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源满足频分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports on the same time domain symbol The corresponding frequency domain resources satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个资源集合,至少两个资源集合中,在同一频域位置上不同资源集合中的定位参考信号端口对应的时域资源之间满足时分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the time domain corresponding to the positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency domain position Time division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between resources.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个资源集合,至少两个资源集合中,在同一时域符号上同一资源集合内不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the frequency domain corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set on the same time domain symbol The resources satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括M个资源集合,M个资源集合中不同的资源集合包括的时域资源之间不重叠,M的值与X和一个定位参考信号的频域密度 有关。 In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include M resource sets, the time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap, and the value of M is related to X and a positioning Frequency Domain Density of Reference Signal related.
另一种可能的实现方式中,M个资源集合中每个资源集合用于传输 个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号,M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括L PRS个时域符号,L PRS为一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量。 In another possible implementation manner, each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the positioning reference signal ports, each resource set in the M resource sets includes LPRS time domain symbols, and LPRS is the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by one positioning reference signal.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一起始时域位置是根据第一偏移量确定的,第一起始频域位置是根据第二偏移量确定的;In another possible implementation manner, the first initial time domain position is determined according to the first offset, and the first initial frequency domain position is determined according to the second offset;
第一偏移量为第一起始时域位置相对于时频单元的起始时域位置的偏移量,第二偏移量为第二起始频域位置相对于时频单元的起始频域位置的偏移量;The first offset is the offset of the first starting time domain position relative to the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit, and the second offset is the second starting frequency domain position relative to the starting frequency of the time-frequency unit. the offset of the domain position;
第一起始时域位置为X个定位参考信号端口中端口i对应的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置;The first starting time domain position is the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i in the X positioning reference signal ports;
第一起始频域位置为X个定位参考信号端口中端口i对应的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置;The first starting frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position on the
i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数;i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1;
l为大于或等于b且小于或等于c的整数,b为第一起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号,c为端口i对应的定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量与b之和少一;l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c, b is the number of the time-domain symbol where the first starting time-domain position is located, and c is the sum of the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal corresponding to port i and b one less;
第一偏移量是根据所述i、一个定位参考信号的频域密度 和一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS确定的; The first offset is based on the i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal It is determined by the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal;
第二偏移量是根据i、一个定位参考信号的频域密度 和k′确定的,k′是根据l和第一偏移量确定的。 The second offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal and k', which is determined according to l and the first offset.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一偏移量 或者, In another possible implementation, the first offset or,
第一偏移量 或者, first offset or,
第一偏移量 first offset
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一偏移量 是根据X、一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS和时频单元包含的符号数量L syml确定的。 In another possible implementation, the first offset is determined according to X, the number of time-domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal, and the number of symbols L sym1 contained in the time-frequency unit.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第二偏移量为 %指取余。 In another possible implementation manner, the second offset is % means remainder.
另一种可能的实现方式中,在第一偏移量为 的情况下,通信装置在第一时域符号的信号上发送的信号为通信装置在第二时域符号上发送的信号的复制; In another possible implementation, the first offset is In the case of , the signal sent by the communication device on the signal of the first time domain symbol is a copy of the signal sent by the communication device on the second time domain symbol;
第一时域符号为在时频单元中第二时域符号的前一个时域符号,第二时域符号为M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括的L PRS个时域符号中首个时域符号。 The first time-domain symbol is the previous time-domain symbol of the second time-domain symbol in the time-frequency unit, and the second time-domain symbol is the first time-domain symbol in the L PRS time-domain symbols included in each resource set in the M resource sets. Domain notation.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号端口是根据第一参数、第二参数和第三参数中的至少一个参数确定的;In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to at least one parameter among the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter;
第一参数为时频单元内包括的时域符号数量L syml,L syml为大于或等于1的整数; The first parameter is the number of time-domain symbols L syml included in the time-frequency unit, where L syml is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
第二参数为一个定位参考信号在时域上连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS,L PRS为大于或 等于1的整数; The second parameter is the number of time domain symbols LPRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal in the time domain, where LPRS is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
第三参数为一个定位参考信号的频域密度 为大于1或等于1的整数。 The third parameter is the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
本申请实施例第四方面提供一种通信装置,通信装置包括:A fourth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes:
收发模块,用于获取指示信息,指示信息用于确定第一资源集合,第一资源集合用于发送通信装置的第一定位参考信号;第一资源集合与第二资源集合在频域上正交,且在时域上重合;第二资源集合用于发送承载SL HARQ的PSFCH;a transceiver module, configured to obtain indication information, where the indication information is used to determine a first resource set, and the first resource set is used to send a first positioning reference signal of the communication device; the first resource set and the second resource set are orthogonal in the frequency domain , and overlap in the time domain; the second resource set is used to send the PSFCH bearing SL HARQ;
处理模块,用于根据指示信息确定第一资源集合。The processing module is configured to determine the first resource set according to the indication information.
一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module is also used for:
当满足第一条件时,在第一资源集合上进行第一定位参考信号的传输;When the first condition is satisfied, transmitting the first positioning reference signal on the first resource set;
第一条件包括第一差值与第一带宽之间的比值大于或等于预设阈值;The first condition includes that the ratio between the first difference and the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to a preset threshold;
第一差值为PRB索引与第二PRB索引之间的差值;The first difference is the difference between the PRB index and the second PRB index;
第一PRB索引为指示信息指示的同一时域符号内用于发送第一定位参考信号的最大PRB索引;The first PRB index is the maximum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal in the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information;
第二PRB索引为指示信息指示的同一时域符号内用于发送第一定位参考信号的最小PRB索引;The second PRB index is the minimum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal in the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information;
第一带宽为PSCCH和/或PSSCH所在的资源池的带宽,或,The first bandwidth is the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or PSSCH are located, or,
第一带宽为指示信息的比特长度表示的频域物理资源块数量。The first bandwidth is the number of frequency domain physical resource blocks indicated by the bit length of the indication information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,指示信息还用于确定第二资源集合。In another possible implementation manner, the indication information is further used to determine the second resource set.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一资源集合包括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应,X为大于或等于2的整数。In another possible implementation, the first resource set includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, where the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号端口是根据一个定位参考信号的频域密度确定的。In another possible implementation manner, the X number of positioning reference signal ports are determined according to the frequency domain density of one positioning reference signal.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一资源集合包括至少两个资源子集,至少两个资源子集中,在同一时域符号上不同资源子集中的定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系;In another possible implementation manner, the first resource set includes at least two resource subsets, and in the at least two resource subsets, between frequency domain resources corresponding to positioning reference signal ports in different resource subsets on the same time domain symbol To meet the frequency division multiplexing relationship;
至少两个资源子集中,在同一时域符号上同一资源子集中不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。In at least two resource subsets, frequency-domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource subset on the same time-domain symbol satisfy a frequency-division multiplexing relationship.
另一种可能的实现方式中,至少两个资源子集中每个资源子集用于传输 个端口的定位参考信号, 表示一个定位参考信号在一个PRB内在频域上映射的密度。 In another possible implementation manner, each resource subset in the at least two resource subsets is used for transmission The positioning reference signal of each port, Indicates the mapping density of a positioning reference signal in the frequency domain within a PRB.
本申请实施例第五方面提供一种通信装置,通信装置包括:处理器和存储器。该存储器中存储有计算机程序;该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得处理器实现如第一方面中的任意一种实现方式。A fifth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes: a processor and a memory. A computer program is stored in the memory; the processor is used for calling and running the computer program stored in the memory, so that the processor implements any one of the implementation manners in the first aspect.
可选的,该通信装置还包括收发器;该处理器还用于控制该收发器收发信号。Optionally, the communication device further includes a transceiver; the processor is further configured to control the transceiver to send and receive signals.
本申请实施例第六方面提供一种通信装置,通信装置包括:处理器和存储器。该存储器中存储有计算机程序;该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得处理器实现如第二方面中的任意一种实现方式。A sixth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, where the communication device includes: a processor and a memory. A computer program is stored in the memory; the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, so that the processor implements any one of the implementation manners in the second aspect.
可选的,该通信装置还包括收发器;该处理器还用于控制该收发器收发信号。Optionally, the communication device further includes a transceiver; the processor is further configured to control the transceiver to send and receive signals.
本申请实施例第七方面提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计 算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如第一方面至第二方面中任一种的实现方式。A seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product including instructions, which is characterized in that, when it runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute any one of the implementations of the first aspect to the second aspect.
本申请实施例第八方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面至第二方面中的任一种实现方式。An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute any one of the implementation manners of the first aspect to the second aspect.
本申请实施例第九方面提供一种芯片装置,包括处理器,用于与存储器相连,调用该存储器中存储的程序,以使得该处理器执行上述第一方面至第二方面中的任一种实现方式。A ninth aspect of an embodiment of the present application provides a chip device, including a processor that is connected to a memory and calls a program stored in the memory, so that the processor executes any one of the first to second aspects above Method to realize.
本申请实施例中,终端设备根据第一定位参考信号的端口确定第一资源。然后,终端设备在第一资源上进行第一定位参考信号的传输。因此,无需接入网设备配置用于传输定位参考信号的起始时频资源,减少了接入网设备与终端设备之间的信令交互,节省信令开销。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines the first resource according to the port of the first positioning reference signal. Then, the terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource. Therefore, it is not necessary for the access network device to configure the starting time-frequency resource for transmitting the positioning reference signal, which reduces signaling interaction between the access network device and the terminal device, and saves signaling overhead.
图1A为本申请实施例通信系统的一个示意图;1A is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1B为本申请实施例通信系统的另一个示意图;FIG. 1B is another schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2A为本申请实施例资源映射方法的一个实施例示意图;FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2B为本申请实施例提供的一个角度测量示意图;2B is a schematic diagram of an angle measurement provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2C为本申请实施例终端设备之间的位置测量过程示意图;FIG. 2C is a schematic diagram of a position measurement process between terminal devices according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3A为本申请实施例资源映射方法的一个映射示意图;3A is a schematic diagram of a mapping of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3B为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 3B is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3C为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 3C is another schematic diagram of mapping of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3D为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 3D is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3E为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 3E is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3F为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 3F is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3G为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 3G is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个实施例示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个实施例示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6A为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 6A is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6B为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 6B is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6C为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 6C is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6D为本申请实施例PRB和逻辑RB的一个示意图;6D is a schematic diagram of a PRB and a logical RB according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6E为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 6E is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6F为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 6F is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6G为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 6G is another mapping schematic diagram of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6H为本申请实施例资源映射方法的另一个映射示意图;FIG. 6H is another schematic diagram of mapping of a resource mapping method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例通信装置的一个结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例通信装置的另一个结构示意图;FIG. 8 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例终端设备的一个结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly and completely described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in the present application, all other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art without creative work fall within the protection scope of the present application.
在本说明书中描述的参考“一个实施例”或“一些实施例”等意味着在本申请的一个或多个实施例中包括结合该实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特点。由此,在本说明书中的不同之处出现的语句“在一个实施例中”、“在一些实施例中”、“在其他一些实施例中”、“在另外一些实施例中”等不是必然都参考相同的实施例,而是意味着“一个或多个但不是所有的实施例”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。术语“包括”、“包含”、“具有”及它们的变形都意味着“包括但不限于”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。References in this specification to "one embodiment" or "some embodiments" and the like mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in one or more embodiments of the present application. Thus, appearances of the phrases "in one embodiment," "in some embodiments," "in other embodiments," "in other embodiments," etc. in various places in this specification are not necessarily All refer to the same embodiment, but mean "one or more but not all embodiments" unless specifically emphasized otherwise. The terms "including", "including", "having" and their variants mean "including but not limited to" unless specifically emphasized otherwise.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况。其中,A,B可以是单数或者复数。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c。其中,a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。本申请中, 指对x向下取整。 In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or", which describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can indicate that A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. Among them, A and B can be singular or plural. "At least one item(s) below" or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s). For example, at least one (a) of a, b, or c may represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc. Among them, a, b, c can be single or multiple. In this application, Refers to the rounding down of x.
下面对本申请涉及的技术术语进行介绍。The technical terms involved in this application are introduced below.
1、符号:正交频分复用技术(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号或单载波频分多址(single-carrier frequency-division multiple access,SC-FDMA)符号。1. Symbol: Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol or single-carrier frequency-division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbol.
下面将结合附图,对本申请的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)场景、车联网络(vehicle to everything,V2X)场景等。示例性的,V2X场景可具体为以下系统中的任一种:车车通信(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)、车人通信(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)、车-网络(vehicle to network,V2N)业务和车与基础设施通信(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)等。The technical solutions provided in this application can be applied to device to device (device to device, D2D) scenarios, vehicle to everything (V2X) scenarios, and the like. Exemplarily, the V2X scenario may be any of the following systems: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P), vehicle-to-network (V2N) service and vehicle-to-infrastructure communication (V2I), etc.
示例性的,D2D可以是长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)D2D,新无线(new radio,NR)D2D,还可以是随着技术的发展可能出现的其他通信系统中的D2D。类似地,V2X可以是LTE V2X、NR V2X,还可以是随着技术的发展可能出现的其他通信系统中的V2X。Exemplarily, D2D may be long term evolution (LTE) D2D, new radio (NR) D2D, and may also be D2D in other communication systems that may appear with the development of technology. Similarly, V2X can be LTE V2X, NR V2X, or V2X in other communication systems that may appear with the development of technology.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以为用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,路边单元(roadside unit,RSU)、未来5G网络中的终端设备、或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device in this embodiment of the present application may be a user equipment, an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent or user device. The terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, roadside units (RSUs), end devices in future 5G networks, or future evolution of public land mobile communications A terminal device in a network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以为基站(base station)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、5G移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、未来移动通信系统中的基站、或无线高保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入节点等。接入网设备也可以是完成基站部分功能的模块或单元。例如,接入网设备可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU),也可以是分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。本申请的实施例对接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The access network device in this embodiment of the present application may be a base station (base station), an evolved NodeB (eNodeB), a transmission reception point (TRP), and a next-generation base station (next generation) in a 5G mobile communication system. generation NodeB, gNB), base stations in future mobile communication systems, or access nodes in wireless fidelity (WiFi) systems, etc. The access network equipment can also be a module or unit that completes some functions of the base station. For example, the access network device may be a centralized unit (central unit, CU) or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU). The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the access network device.
下面介绍本申请的技术方案适用于两种可能的通信场景。The following describes that the technical solutions of the present application are applicable to two possible communication scenarios.
请参阅图1A,图1A为本申请实施例通信系统的一个示意图。在图1A中,V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间通过接入网设备进行通信;或者,V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间通过邻近通信5(prose communication 5,PC5)接口进行通信。V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间的直连链路称为侧行链路或侧链(sidelink,SL)。Please refer to FIG. 1A . FIG. 1A is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 1A, the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2 communicate through the access network device; or, the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2 communicate through the proximity communication 5 (
V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间可以传输侧行链路定位参考信号(sidelink positioning reference signal,SL-PRS),以实现V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间的定位。例如,V2X UE1向V2X UE2发送SL-PRS,V2X UE2对该SL-PRS进行测量,得到测量结果,并结合测量结果确定V2X UE2的位置。而V2X UE2也可以向V2X UE1发送SL-PRS,V2X UE1对该SL-PRS进行测量,得到测量结果,并结合测量结果确定V2X UE2的位置。A sidelink positioning reference signal (SL-PRS) can be transmitted between the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2 to realize the positioning between the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2. For example, V2X UE1 sends SL-PRS to V2X UE2, V2X UE2 measures the SL-PRS, obtains the measurement result, and determines the location of V2X UE2 based on the measurement result. V2X UE2 can also send SL-PRS to V2X UE1, V2X UE1 measures the SL-PRS, obtains the measurement result, and determines the location of V2X UE2 based on the measurement result.
在SL系统中,可以配置公共的SL-PRS资源集合。SL-PRS资源集合也可以称为SL-PRS资源池。SL系统中的终端设备在SL-PRS资源池中选择相应的资源用以传输SL-PRS。在图1A所示的通信场景下,接入网设备可以为该SL系统配置该SL-PRS资源池。具体的,接入网设备可以通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令告知终端设备该SL-PRS资源池的配置信息。例如,该SL-PRS资源池包括的时频资源的位置。In the SL system, a common set of SL-PRS resources can be configured. The set of SL-PRS resources may also be referred to as a pool of SL-PRS resources. The terminal equipment in the SL system selects corresponding resources in the SL-PRS resource pool to transmit the SL-PRS. In the communication scenario shown in FIG. 1A , the access network device may configure the SL-PRS resource pool for the SL system. Specifically, the access network device may notify the terminal device of the configuration information of the SL-PRS resource pool through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling. For example, the location of the time-frequency resources included in the SL-PRS resource pool.
请参阅图1B,图1B为本申请实施例通信系统的另一个示意图。在图1B中,V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间通过PC5接口进行通信。V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间的直连链路称为侧行链路或侧链(sidelink,SL)。V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间可以传输SL-PRS,以实现V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间的定位。Please refer to FIG. 1B , which is another schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. In Figure 1B, the communication between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 is carried out through the PC5 interface. The direct link between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 is called a sidelink or sidelink (SL). SL-PRS can be transmitted between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 to realize positioning between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2.
在SL系统中,可以在SL链路上配置公共的SL-PRS集合,SL-PRS集合也可以称为SL-PRS资源池。SL系统的终端设备在SL PRS资源池中选择相应的资源用以传输SL-PRS。由于V2X UE2不在接入网设备的信号覆盖范围内,因此,该SL-PRS资源池的配置信息可以预配置在V2X UE1和V2X UE2上。例如,该SL-PRS资源池的配置信息包括该SL-PRS资源池包括的时频资源的位置。例如,SL-PRS资源池的配置信息可以是在V2X UE1和V2X UE2出厂时配置的。In the SL system, a common SL-PRS set may be configured on the SL link, and the SL-PRS set may also be referred to as an SL-PRS resource pool. The terminal equipment of the SL system selects corresponding resources in the SL PRS resource pool to transmit SL-PRS. Since V2X UE2 is not within the signal coverage of the access network equipment, the configuration information of the SL-PRS resource pool can be pre-configured on V2X UE1 and V2X UE2. For example, the configuration information of the SL-PRS resource pool includes the location of the time-frequency resources included in the SL-PRS resource pool. For example, the configuration information of the SL-PRS resource pool may be configured when V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 leave the factory.
下面结合具体实施例介绍本申请的技术方案。The technical solutions of the present application are described below with reference to specific embodiments.
请参阅图2A,图2A为本申请实施例资源确定方法的一个实施例示意图。在图2A中,资源确定方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 2A . FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a resource determination method according to an embodiment of the present application. In Figure 2A, the resource determination method includes:
201、终端设备根据第一定位参考信号的端口在时频单元内确定第一资源。201. The terminal device determines the first resource in the time-frequency unit according to the port of the first positioning reference signal.
其中,第一资源位于时频单元内,第一资源用于传输第一定位参考信号。时频单元包 括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应,X为大于或等于1的整数。The first resource is located in the time-frequency unit, and the first resource is used for transmitting the first positioning reference signal. The time-frequency unit includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
本实施例可以应用于SL系统中配置的一个公共的SL-PRS资源集合。SL-PRS资源集合也可以称为SL-PRS资源池。SL-PRS资源池包括用于传输SL PRS的时频资源。SL-PRS资源池包括一个或多个SL时隙,和一个或多个PRB。该SL-PRS资源池的频域带宽为Y,Y大于0。This embodiment can be applied to a common SL-PRS resource set configured in the SL system. The set of SL-PRS resources may also be referred to as a pool of SL-PRS resources. The SL-PRS resource pool includes time-frequency resources for transmitting SL PRS. The SL-PRS resource pool includes one or more SL slots, and one or more PRBs. The frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool is Y, and Y is greater than 0.
其中,该SL-PRS资源池的频域带宽可以是网络设备配置的,或者是通信标准协议定义的,具体本申请不做限定。The frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool may be configured by a network device or defined by a communication standard protocol, which is not specifically limited in this application.
例如,在上述图1A所示的场景下,SL-PRS资源池的频域带宽可以是基站配置的。而在图1A所示的场景下,SL-PRS资源池的频域带宽可以是预定义的。SL-PRS可以占用SL-PRS资源池的整个频域带宽。For example, in the scenario shown in FIG. 1A above, the frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool may be configured by the base station. In the scenario shown in FIG. 1A , the frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool may be predefined. SL-PRS can occupy the entire frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool.
在时频单元中,至少有两个定位参考信号时频资源在同一时域符号上对应的频域资源可以满足频分复用关系。即在时域上重叠的定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一时域符号上不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源满足频分复用关系。In the time-frequency unit, at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to frequency domain resources on the same time domain symbol can satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship. That is, in the overlapping positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the time domain, the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports on the same time domain symbol satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
可选的,至少两个定位参考信号时频资源在同一频域位置(例如,同一子载波上)上对应的时域资源可以满足时分复用。Optionally, time-domain resources corresponding to at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources at the same frequency-domain location (for example, on the same subcarrier) may satisfy time-division multiplexing.
每个定位参考信号时频资源包括的时域符号是连续的。X个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号的频域密度相同。在时域上重叠的定位参考信号时频资源中,每个定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域起始符号相同,每个定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域符号相同。The time-domain symbols included in each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource are continuous. The frequency domain densities of the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively are the same. In the overlapping positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the time domain, the time domain start symbols occupied by each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource are the same, and the time domain symbols occupied by each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource are the same.
一种可能的设计中,X个定位参考信号端口对应X个定位参考信号。X个定位参考信号中时域上完全重叠的定位参考信号可以属于一个PRS组。同一PRS组的定位参考信号的配置参数相同。配置参数包括定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量和频域密度。不同PRS组的定位参考信号的配置参数可以相同或不相同。In a possible design, X positioning reference signal ports correspond to X positioning reference signals. Positioning reference signals that completely overlap in the time domain among the X positioning reference signals may belong to one PRS group. The configuration parameters of the positioning reference signals of the same PRS group are the same. Configuration parameters include the number of time-domain symbols and frequency-domain density continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal. The configuration parameters of the positioning reference signals of different PRS groups may be the same or different.
具体地,网络设备可以通过信令(例如,RRC信令)为该SL PRS资源集合配置定位参考信号的分别占用的连续时域符号数量和频域密度。或者,网络设备通过信令分别为不同PRS组的定位参考信号配置占用的连续时域符号数量和频域密度。Specifically, the network device may configure the number of consecutive time-domain symbols and frequency-domain density occupied by the positioning reference signal for the SLPRS resource set through signaling (for example, RRC signaling). Alternatively, the network device configures the number of occupied consecutive time-domain symbols and the frequency-domain density for positioning reference signals of different PRS groups through signaling.
其中,PRS的频域密度是指PRS在频域上映射的密度。例如,在SL-PRS资源池的频域带宽上,每P个资源单元(resource element,RE)有一个RE是用于映射该定位参考信号,则可以理解的是,该定位参考信号的频域密度为P,P为大于或等于1的整数。PRS的频域密度也可以称之为一个PRS时频资源所包含的频域资源在频域上的分布密度。The frequency domain density of the PRS refers to the density of the PRS mapped in the frequency domain. For example, in the frequency domain bandwidth of the SL-PRS resource pool, every P resource element (resource element, RE) has one RE for mapping the positioning reference signal, it can be understood that the frequency domain of the positioning reference signal The density is P, where P is an integer greater than or equal to 1. The frequency domain density of the PRS may also be referred to as the distribution density of the frequency domain resources included in a PRS time-frequency resource in the frequency domain.
需要说明的是,本实施例也可以应用于SL系统中为用户设备配置多个公共的SL-PRS资源集合,即多个SL-PRS资源池。具体网络设备可以通过信令(例如,RRC信令)为每个SL-PRS资源集合配置SL-PRS资源集合的起始时域符号,SL-PRS分别占用的连续时域符号数量、频域密度等参数。不同SL-PRS资源集合中传输的SL-PRS的配置参数相同或不相同。同一SL-PRS集合中的SL-PRS分别连续占用的时域符号数量相同,同一SL-PRS集合中的SL-PRS分别对应的频域密度相同。It should be noted that this embodiment can also be applied to configure multiple public SL-PRS resource sets for the user equipment in the SL system, that is, multiple SL-PRS resource pools. The specific network device can configure the starting time domain symbol of the SL-PRS resource set for each SL-PRS resource set through signaling (for example, RRC signaling), the number of consecutive time domain symbols occupied by SL-PRS respectively, the frequency domain density and other parameters. The configuration parameters of the SL-PRS transmitted in different SL-PRS resource sets are the same or different. The SL-PRSs in the same SL-PRS set respectively occupy the same number of time domain symbols continuously, and the SL-PRSs in the same SL-PRS set respectively correspond to the same frequency domain density.
时频单元的时域资源可以包括SL系统中配置的用于传输定位参考信号的全部或部分时 域符号。在后文中,以时频单元的时域资源位于一个SL时隙内为例进行说明。时频单元的频域资源可以包括SL系统中配置的用于传输定位参考信号的全部或部分PRB。The time-domain resources of the time-frequency unit may include all or part of the time-domain symbols configured in the SL system for transmitting positioning reference signals. In the following description, the time-domain resource of the time-frequency unit is located in one SL time slot as an example for description. The frequency domain resources of the time-frequency unit may include all or part of PRBs configured in the SL system for transmitting positioning reference signals.
时频单元包括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应。The time-frequency unit includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively.
例如,时频单元占用的起始时域符号为时域符号0,时频单元占用14个连续的时域符号,频域占用M个PRB,M为大于或等于1的整数。一个PRB包括12个连续的子载波。其在一个PRB上的图样如图3A所示,时频单元包括12个定位参考信号时频资源,即X等于12。12个定位参考信号时频资源分别对应12个定位参考信号端口。即每个定位参考信号端口分别对应一个定位参考信号,12个定位参考信号分别在12个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号时频资源上传输。For example, the initial time-domain symbol occupied by the time-frequency unit is time-
本实施例中,X个定位参考信号端口可以是预配置的;或者,X个定位参考信号端口是根据第一参数、第二参数和第三参数中至少一个参数确定的。In this embodiment, the X positioning reference signal ports may be pre-configured; or, the X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to at least one of the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter.
第一参数为时频单元内包括的时域符号数量L syml,L syml为大于或等于1的整数。 The first parameter is the number of time-domain symbols L syml included in the time-frequency unit, where L syml is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
第二参数为一个定位参考信号在时域上连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS,L PRS为大于或等于1的整数。 The second parameter is the number of time domain symbols LPRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal in the time domain, where LPRS is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
第三参数为一个定位参考信号的频域密度 为大于1或等于1的整数。 The third parameter is the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
关于X个定位参考信号端口的计算方式请参阅后文相关介绍,这里不详细介绍。For the calculation method of the X positioning reference signal ports, please refer to the related introduction later, and will not be introduced in detail here.
本实施例以终端设备在时频单元内确定用于传输第一定位参考信号的第一资源为例进行介绍。对于终端设备在SL PRS资源池的其他时频资源上映射第一定位参考信号的过程与本实施例的过程类似,具体本申请不再赘述。This embodiment is described by taking as an example that the terminal device determines the first resource for transmitting the first positioning reference signal in the time-frequency unit. The process for the terminal equipment to map the first positioning reference signal on other time-frequency resources in the SLPRS resource pool is similar to the process in this embodiment, and details are not repeated in this application.
其中,第一定位参考信号为X个定位参考信号中的一个。The first positioning reference signal is one of X positioning reference signals.
本实施例中,终端设备为发送终端设备,或者为接收终端设备,具体本申请不做限定。In this embodiment, the terminal device is a sending terminal device or a receiving terminal device, which is not specifically limited in this application.
下面介绍本实施例中终端设备确定第一定位参考信号的端口的具体实现方式。The following describes a specific implementation manner in which the terminal device determines the port of the first positioning reference signal in this embodiment.
若终端设备为第一终端设备,第一终端设备通过感知确定第一定位参考信号的端口。第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一信息。其中,第一终端设备为发送终端设备,第二终端设备为接收终端设备。第一信息用于指示第一定位参考信号的时频域资源位置。具体的,第一信息包括第一定位参考信号所在时频单元的时隙位置信息,和/或,第一定位参考信号的端口的端口号指示信息。If the terminal device is the first terminal device, the first terminal device determines the port of the first positioning reference signal by sensing. The first terminal device sends the first information to the second terminal device. The first terminal device is a sending terminal device, and the second terminal device is a receiving terminal device. The first information is used to indicate the time-frequency domain resource location of the first positioning reference signal. Specifically, the first information includes time slot location information of the time-frequency unit where the first positioning reference signal is located, and/or port number indication information of a port of the first positioning reference signal.
可选的,第一终端设备可以通过以下两种可能的实现方式感知确定第一定位参考信号的端口,下面分别进行描述。Optionally, the first terminal device may perceive and determine the port of the first positioning reference signal through the following two possible implementation manners, which will be described separately below.
实现方式1:第一终端设备确定侧行链路物理层共享信息(physical sidelink share channel)资源。然后,第一终端设备根据映射关系和PSSCH资源确定用于发送第一定位参考信号的时频资源以及第一定位参考信号的端口。Implementation mode 1: The first terminal device determines a sidelink physical layer shared information (physical sidelink share channel) resource. Then, the first terminal device determines a time-frequency resource for sending the first positioning reference signal and a port for the first positioning reference signal according to the mapping relationship and the PSSCH resource.
其中,该映射关系包括定位参考信号时频资源与资源池中的子信道的映射关系。PSSCH资源连续占用至少一个子信道。The mapping relationship includes the mapping relationship between the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources and the subchannels in the resource pool. PSSCH resources occupy at least one subchannel continuously.
第一终端设备通过该映射关系确定该至少一个子信道对应的定位参考信号时频资源,以及该定位参考信号时频资源对应的端口。然后,第一终端设备将该定位参考信号时频资源作为用于发送第一定位参考信号的时频资源。第一终端设备将该定位参考信号时频资源 对应的端口作为第一定位参考信号对应的端口。The first terminal device determines the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to the at least one subchannel and the port corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource according to the mapping relationship. Then, the first terminal device uses the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource as a time-frequency resource for sending the first positioning reference signal. The first terminal device uses the port corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource as the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
实现方式2:第一终端设备排除目标资源中的不可用资源,以确定剩余的可用资源。目标资源为SL系统配置的用于传输定位参考信号的资源。第一终端设备在剩余的可用资源中选择用于发送第一定位参考信号的时频资源,并确定第一定位参考信号的时频资源所在的时隙以及第一定位参考信号的时频资源对应的端口。Implementation mode 2: The first terminal device excludes the unavailable resources in the target resources to determine the remaining available resources. The target resource is a resource configured by the SL system for transmitting positioning reference signals. The first terminal device selects a time-frequency resource for sending the first positioning reference signal from the remaining available resources, and determines the time slot where the time-frequency resource of the first positioning reference signal is located and the time-frequency resource corresponding to the first positioning reference signal port.
若终端设备为第二终端设备,第二终端设备获取第一信息,并根据该第一信息确定第一定位参考信号的端口。第二终端设备为接收终端设备,该第一信息用于指示第一定位参考信号的端口。可选的,第一终端设备是发送终端设备第一信息是第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送的;或者,第一信息是SL系统预先配置的,具体本申请不做限定。后文通过图4所示的实施例示出通过第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一信息的具体实现方式,这里不详细介绍。If the terminal device is the second terminal device, the second terminal device obtains the first information, and determines the port of the first positioning reference signal according to the first information. The second terminal device is a receiving terminal device, and the first information is used to indicate the port of the first positioning reference signal. Optionally, the first terminal device sends the first information of the terminal device is sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device; or, the first information is pre-configured by the SL system, which is not specifically limited in this application. The specific implementation manner of sending the first information to the second terminal device through the first terminal device is shown in the following by using the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , which will not be described in detail here.
上述步骤201中,终端设备根据第一定位参考信号的端口号在时频单元内确定第一定位参考信号的起始时频资源位置。然后,终端设备根据第一定位参考信号的起始时频位置确定时频单元内用于传输第一定位参考信号的时频资源。In the
第一定位参考信号的起始时频位置包括:第一定位参考信号的起始时域位置和第一定位参考信号的起始频域位置。关于第一定位参考信号的起始时频位置请参阅后文相关介绍。The starting time-frequency position of the first positioning reference signal includes: the starting time domain position of the first positioning reference signal and the starting frequency domain position of the first positioning reference signal. For the starting time-frequency position of the first positioning reference signal, please refer to the related introduction later.
具体的,终端设备通过第一定位参考信号的起始时域位置和下述公式1确定时频单元内用于传输第一定位参考信号的时域位置。终端设备通过第一定位参考信号的起始频域位置和下述公式2确定时频单元内用于传输第一定位参考信号的频域位置。Specifically, the terminal device determines the time domain position in the time-frequency unit for transmitting the first positioning reference signal by using the starting time domain position of the first positioning reference signal and the following
l表示在一个SL时隙上的时域符号索引。k表示在第一定位参考信号的发送带宽上的频域子载波索引。l represents the time domain symbol index on one SL slot. k represents the frequency domain subcarrier index on the transmission bandwidth of the first positioning reference signal.
mod指取模运算。m为大于或等于0的整数。例如,m=0,1,2……。mod refers to the modulo operation. m is an integer greater than or equal to 0. For example, m=0, 1, 2 . . .
L PRS为第一定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量。例如,L PRS∈{2,4,6,12}。 L PRS is the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by the first positioning reference signal. For example, L PRS ∈ {2, 4, 6, 12}.
为第一定位参考信号的频域密度。例如, is the frequency domain density of the first positioning reference signal. E.g,
为第一定位参考信号的起始时域符号索引。 为第一定位参考信号的起始频域子载波索引。 is the initial time-domain symbol index of the first positioning reference signal. is the starting frequency domain subcarrier index of the first positioning reference signal.
k′为变量,具体k′是根据l′和 确定的,其中, 例如,如表1所示,表1示出了多组l′与 的组合对应的k′的值。例如,若l′=4, 由表1可知k′=0。 k' is a variable, and the specific k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For example, as shown in Table 1, Table 1 shows that multiple sets of l' are The value of k' corresponding to the combination. For example, if l'=4, It can be known from Table 1 that k'=0.
表1Table 1
例如,如图3A所示,第一定位参考信号的端口为端口1。那么第一定位参考信号可以称为端口1对应的定位参考信号。那么可知,第一资源包括端口1的定位参考信号时频资源。For example, as shown in FIG. 3A , the port of the first positioning reference signal is
202、终端设备在第一资源上进行第一定位参考信号的传输。202. The terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
其中,终端设备在第一资源上进行第一定位参考信号的传输包括:终端设备在第一资源上进行第一定位参考信号的接收或发送。The transmitting of the first positioning reference signal by the terminal device on the first resource includes: the terminal device receiving or sending the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
例如,如图1A所示,V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间建立SL连接。若终端设备为V2X UE1时,V2X UE1在第一资源上向V2X UE2发送第一定位参考信号。那么V2X UE2可以测量第一定位参考信号,并根据测量得到的测量结果确定V2X UE1的位置。例如,测量结果包括角度信息。For example, as shown in Figure 1A, an SL connection is established between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2. If the terminal device is the V2X UE1, the V2X UE1 sends the first positioning reference signal to the V2X UE2 on the first resource. Then the V2X UE2 can measure the first positioning reference signal, and determine the position of the V2X UE1 according to the measurement result obtained by the measurement. For example, the measurement results include angle information.
例如,如图2B所示,天线A为汽车1的车头上的天线A,A通过该天线发送第一定位参考信号。天线B和天线BC是汽车2的车头的左右两侧的两根天线。汽车1通过天线A发送第一定位参考信号。汽车1分别计算得到汽车2的天线B接收到的第一定位参考信号的到达角度β和天线C接收到的第一定位参考信号的到达角度α。这里定义到达角为第一定位参考信号的信号主径与BC方向之间的夹角,BC方向是指从B指向C的方向。汽车1计算到达角度β与到达角度α之间的差值θ。在已知BC的边长的情况下,汽车1可以计算得到A与BC边的垂直距离d。即得到汽车1到汽车2的距离。For example, as shown in FIG. 2B , the antenna A is the antenna A on the front of the
若终端设备为V2X UE2时,V2X UE2在第一资源上接收V2X UE1发送的第一定位参考信号。那么V2X UE1可以测量第一定位参考信号,并根据测量得到的测量结果确定V2X UE2的位置。If the terminal device is the V2X UE2, the V2X UE2 receives the first positioning reference signal sent by the V2X UE1 on the first resource. Then the V2X UE1 can measure the first positioning reference signal, and determine the position of the V2X UE2 according to the measurement result obtained by the measurement.
下面结合图2C介绍具体的位置测量过程。若V2X UE1和V2X UE2基于测量定位参考信号传输时延差的方法测量V2X UE1和V2X UE2之间的距离信息,则流程如图2C所示,V2X UE1和V2X UE2都要发送定位信号。若V2X UE1为发送终端设备时,V2X UE1在第一资源上向V2X UE2发送第一定位参考信号S0,且记录S0的发送时间t1。那么V2X UE2接收所述第一定位参考信号S0,并记录所述S0信号的接收时间t2。若V2X UE2为发送终端设备时,V2X UE2在第一资源上接收V2X UE1发送的第一定位参考信号S1,并记录S1的发送时间t3。相应的V2X UE1为接收终端设备,V2X UE1接收定位参考信号S1,并记录S1的接收时间t4。The specific position measurement process is described below with reference to FIG. 2C . If V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 measure the distance information between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 based on the method of measuring the transmission delay difference of the positioning reference signal, the process is shown in Figure 2C, and both V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 must send positioning signals. If the V2X UE1 is the sending terminal device, the V2X UE1 sends the first positioning reference signal S0 to the V2X UE2 on the first resource, and records the sending time t1 of the S0. Then the V2X UE2 receives the first positioning reference signal S0, and records the reception time t2 of the S0 signal. If the V2X UE2 is the transmitting terminal device, the V2X UE2 receives the first positioning reference signal S1 sent by the V2X UE1 on the first resource, and records the sending time t3 of the S1. The corresponding V2X UE1 is a receiving terminal device, and the V2X UE1 receives the positioning reference signal S1 and records the reception time t4 of S1.
V2X UE2将定位参考信号S0的接收时间和定位参考信号S1的发送时间之差t2-t3发送给V2X UE1,以用于确定V2X UE1和V2X UE2之间距离。那么V2X UE1可以根据时间信息t4-t1+(t2-t3)获得无线电波信号在V2X UE1和V2X UE2之间的往返传播时间差(round trip time,RTT),从而确定V2X UE1和V2X UE2之间的距离。或者且V2X UE2把定位参考信号S1的接收时间和定为参考信号S0的发送时间之差t3-t2发送给V2X UE1,用于确定V2X UE1和V2X UE2之间距离。那么V2X UE1可以根据时间信息t4-t1-(t3-t2)获得无线电波信号在UE1 和UE2之间的往返传播时间差RTT,从而确定V2X UE1和V2X UE2之间的距离为RTT/2*c,c为光速。上述测量的接收定位参考信号到达时间可以是接收定位参考信号的首径到达时间。The V2X UE2 sends the difference t2-t3 between the reception time of the positioning reference signal S0 and the transmission time of the positioning reference signal S1 to the V2X UE1, so as to determine the distance between the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2. Then V2X UE1 can obtain the round trip time difference (round trip time, RTT) of the radio wave signal between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 according to the time information t4-t1+(t2-t3), so as to determine the distance between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 . Alternatively, the V2X UE2 sends the difference t3-t2 between the reception time of the positioning reference signal S1 and the transmission time set as the reference signal S0 to the V2X UE1 for determining the distance between the V2X UE1 and the V2X UE2. Then V2X UE1 can obtain the round-trip propagation time difference RTT of the radio wave signal between UE1 and UE2 according to the time information t4-t1-(t3-t2), so as to determine the distance between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 as RTT/2*c, c is the speed of light. The above measured arrival time of the received positioning reference signal may be the first path arrival time of the received positioning reference signal.
本申请实施例中,终端设备根据第一定位参考信号的端口可以在时频单元内确定用于传输第一定位参考信号的第一资源,并在第一资源进行第一定位参考信号的传输。无需接入网设备配置用于传输第一定位参考信号的起始时频资源即可确定第一资源,减少了接入网设备与终端设备之间的信令交互,节省信令开销。时频单元可以包括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应。即时频单元可以用于X个定位参考信号端口对应的X个定位参考信号的传输,资源的利用率较高。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may determine the first resource for transmitting the first positioning reference signal in the time-frequency unit according to the port of the first positioning reference signal, and transmit the first positioning reference signal on the first resource. The first resource can be determined without the access network device configuring the starting time-frequency resource for transmitting the first positioning reference signal, which reduces signaling interaction between the access network device and the terminal device and saves signaling overhead. The time-frequency unit may include X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, where the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively. The real-time frequency unit can be used for the transmission of X positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports, and the utilization rate of resources is relatively high.
本申请实施例,上述图2A所示的实施例的步骤201中,可选的,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个定位参考信号时频资源。至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一频域位置上不同定位参考信号端口对应的时域资源满足时分复用关系。In this embodiment of the present application, in
例如,时频单元占用的起始时域符号为时域符号0,时频单元占用14个连续的时域符号,频域占用M个PRB,M为大于或等于1的整数。一个PRB包括12个连续的子载波。其在一个PRB上的图样如图3A所示。时频单元包括12个定位参考信号时频资源,12个定位参考信号时频资源与12个定位参考信号端口分别对应。12个定位参考信号端口分别用于发送对应的定位参考信号。For example, the initial time-domain symbol occupied by the time-frequency unit is time-
例如,在图3A中,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域上占用SL时隙上的时域符号0至时域符号3。端口4的定位参考信号时频资源在时域上占用该SL时隙上的时域符号4至时域符号7。在时域符号0上,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源占用PRB中的子载波1、子载波5、子载波9。而在时域符号4上,端口4的定位参考信号时频资源占用PRB中的子载波1、子载波5、子载波9。因此可知,在子载波1上,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域资源与端口4上的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域资源之间满足时分复用关系。对于子载波5和子载波9同样类似。对于子载波5和子载波9同样类似,这里不再一一说明。For example, in FIG. 3A , the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of
在SL系统的定位场景中,终端设备与终端设备之间进行定位。例如,如图1A所示,V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间建立SL连接,V2X UE1与V2X UE2之间进行定位,实现双方的地理位置确定。而时频单元包括的至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一频域位置上不同定位参考信号端口对应的时域资源满足时分复用关系。这样终端设备之间可以在时频单元包括的不同的时间段向对方发送定位参考信号,从而避免终端设备无法同时收发定位参考信号的问题,实现终端设备之间的定位。In the positioning scenario of the SL system, positioning is performed between terminal devices. For example, as shown in Figure 1A, an SL connection is established between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2, and positioning is performed between V2X UE1 and V2X UE2 to determine the geographic location of both parties. Among the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources included in the time-frequency unit, time-domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports at the same frequency-domain position satisfy a time-division multiplexing relationship. In this way, the terminal devices can send positioning reference signals to each other in different time periods included in the time-frequency unit, thereby avoiding the problem that the terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, and realizing the positioning between the terminal devices.
本申请实施例,上述图2A所示的实施例的步骤201中,可选的,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个定位参考信号时频资源。该至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一时域符号上,不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源满足频分复用关系。In this embodiment of the present application, in
例如,时频单元占用的起始时域符号为时域符号0,时频单元占用14个连续的时域符号,频域占用M个PRB,M为大于或等于1的整数。一个PRB包括12个连续的子载波。其在一个PRB上的图样如图3A所示。时频单元包括12个定位参考信号时频资源,12个定位参考信号时频资源与12个定义参考信号端口分别对应。12个定位参考信号端口分别用于发送对应的定位参考信号。For example, the initial time-domain symbol occupied by the time-frequency unit is time-
例如,由图3A可知,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源、端口1的定位参考信号时频资源、端口2的定位参考信号时频资源和端口3的定位参考信号时频资源分别都占用时域符号0至时域符号3。即端口0的定位参考信号时频资源、端口1的定位参考信号时频资源、端口2的定位参考信号时频资源和端口3的定位参考信号时频资源分别占用的时域符号重合。在时域符号0上,端口0对应的频域资源、端口1对应的频域资源、端口2对应的频域资源和端口3对应的频域资源分别频分该PRB包括的12个子载波。也就是说,在时域符号0上,端口0对应的频域资源、端口1对应的频域资源、端口2对应的频域资源和端口3对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。对于时域符号1、时域符号2和时域符号3也同理,这里不一一说明。For example, as can be seen from FIG. 3A , when the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of
在SL系统的定位场景中,时频单元包括的至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一时域符号上,不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。这样,在时频单元的同一时域符号上,SL系统中的不同终端设备可以在不同子载波上传输定位参考信号,从而提高资源的利用率。In the positioning scenario of the SL system, in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources included in the time-frequency unit, on the same time domain symbol, the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy a frequency division multiplexing relationship. In this way, on the same time-domain symbol of the time-frequency unit, different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers, thereby improving resource utilization.
本申请实施例,上述图2A所示的实施例的步骤201中,可选的,X个定位参考信号时频资源属于至少两个资源集合。该至少两个资源集合中,在同一频域位置上不同资源集合中的定位参考信号端口占用的时域资源之间满足时分复用关系。至少两个资源集合中,在同一时域符号上同一资源集合内不同定位参考信号端口占用的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。In this embodiment of the present application, in
例如,如图3A所示,X个定位参考信号时频资源划分为三个资源集合,分别为资源集合1、资源集合2和资源集合3。资源集合1占用时频单元的时域符号0至时域符号3。资源集合2占用时频单元的时域符号4至时域符号7。资源集合3占用时频单元的时域符号8至时域符号11。三个资源集合分别包括的时域资源之间不重叠,三个资源集合分别包括的频域资源重合。For example, as shown in FIG. 3A , the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources are divided into three resource sets, which are resource set 1, resource set 2, and resource set 3, respectively. Resource set 1 occupies
例如,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源位于资源集合1中,端口5的定位参考信号时频资源位于资源集合2中。在子载波0上,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域资源为时域符号0,端口5的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域资源为时域符号4。因此可知,在子载波0上,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域资源与端口5的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域资源满足时分复用关系。For example, the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of
由图3A可知,同一资源集合内不同定位参考信号占用的时域资源重合,同一资源集合内不同定位参考信号的频域资源满足频分复用关系。即不同定位参考信号在同一时域符号内的子载波不同。It can be seen from FIG. 3A that the time domain resources occupied by different positioning reference signals in the same resource set overlap, and the frequency domain resources of different positioning reference signals in the same resource set satisfy a frequency division multiplexing relationship. That is, the subcarriers of different positioning reference signals in the same time domain symbol are different.
例如,如图3A所示,资源集合1包括端口0的定位参考信号时频资源和端口1的定位参考信号时频资源。端口0的定位参考信号时频资源和端口1的定位参考信号时频资源均占用SL时隙的时域符号0至时域符号3。端口0的定位参考信号时频资源和端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在同一时域符号内分别占用的子载波不同。例如,在时域符号0上,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源占用的频域资源为子载波0、子载波4、子载波8,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源占用的频域资源为子载波1、子载波5、子载波9。由此可知,在时域符号0上,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源占用的频域资源与端口1的定位参考信号时频资源占用的频域资 源之间满足频分复用关系。For example, as shown in FIG. 3A , the resource set 1 includes the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of
在SL系统的定位场景中,X个定位参考信号时频资源属于至少两个资源集合,该至少两个资源集合中,在同一频域位置上不同资源集合中的定位参考信号端口占用的时域资源之间满足时分复用关系。这样两个终端设备可以采用不同资源集合内的时频资源传输定位参考信号。从而避免终端设备无法同时收发定位参考信号的问题,实现终端设备之间的定位。In the positioning scenario of the SL system, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the time domain occupied by the positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency domain position Time division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between resources. In this way, the two terminal devices can transmit the positioning reference signal by using time-frequency resources in different resource sets. Therefore, the problem that the terminal equipment cannot transmit and receive the positioning reference signal at the same time is avoided, and the positioning between the terminal equipments is realized.
X个定位参考信号时频资源属于至少两个资源集合,该至少两个资源集合中,在同一时域符号上同一资源集合内不同定位参考信号端口占用的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。在同一资源集合内,SL系统中的不同终端设备可以在同一时域符号上的不同子载波上传输定位参考信号,从而提高资源的利用率。The X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to at least two resource sets. In the at least two resource sets, frequency-division multiplexing is satisfied between the frequency-domain resources occupied by different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set on the same time-domain symbol. relation. Within the same resource set, different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源属于M个资源集合,M个资源集合中不同资源集合包括的时域资源之间不重叠。In a possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to M resource sets, and the time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap.
其中,M的值与X和一个定位参考信号的频域密度 确定的有关。 where the value of M is related to X and the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal ok about.
由上述可知,X个定位参考信号端口是根据第一参数、第二参数和第三参数中的至少一个参数确定的。可选的,M是根据X和定位参考信号的频域密度 确定的。 It can be seen from the above that the X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to at least one parameter among the first parameter, the second parameter and the third parameter. Optionally, M is the frequency domain density according to X and the positioning reference signal definite.
需要说明的是,在实际应用中,也可以根据第一参数、第二参数和第三参数中的至少一个参数确定M,再根据M和一个定位参考信号的频域密度 确定X个定位参考信号端口。关于X和M的具体计算方式可以参阅后文的相关示例。 It should be noted that, in practical applications, M can also be determined according to at least one of the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter, and then M and the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal can be determined. X positioning reference signal ports are determined. For the specific calculation methods of X and M, please refer to the related examples later.
本申请实施例中,上述图2A所示的实施例的步骤201中,可选的,第一起始时域位置是根据第一偏移量确定的,第一起始频域位置是根据第二偏移量确定的。In this embodiment of the present application, in
第一起始时域位置为X个定位参考信号端口中端口i对应的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置。The first starting time domain position is the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i among the X positioning reference signal ports.
第一起始频域位置为X个定位参考信号端口中端口i对应的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置。The first starting frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position on the
i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数。l为大于或等于b且小于或等于c的整数,b为第一起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号,c为端口i对应的定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS与b之和少一。 i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1. l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c, b is the number of the time domain symbol where the first starting time domain position is located, c is the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal corresponding to port i L PRS and b The sum is one less.
第一偏移量为第一起始时域位置相对于时频单元的起始时域位置的偏移量。The first offset is the offset of the first starting time domain position relative to the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit.
第二偏移量为第一起始频域位置相对于时频单元的起始时域位置的偏移量。The second offset is the offset of the first starting frequency domain position relative to the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit.
其中,第一偏移量是根据i、一个定位参考信号的频域密度 和一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS确定的。 Wherein, the first offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal It is determined by the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
第二偏移量是根据i、一个定位参考信号的频域密度 和k′确定的,k′是根据l和第一偏移量确定的。 The second offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal and k', which is determined according to l and the first offset.
由此可知,端口对应的定位参考信号时频资源在时频单元的起始时频位置可以根据偏移量确定。这样无需接入网设备为终端设备配置端口对应的定位参考信号的起始时频位置。减少了接入网设备与终端设备之间的信令交互,节省信令开销。It can be known from this that the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to the port in the time-frequency unit can be determined according to the offset. In this way, there is no need for the access network device to configure the terminal device with the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the port. The signaling interaction between the access network equipment and the terminal equipment is reduced, and signaling overhead is saved.
本实施例中,在一个PRB内,端口i对应的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号a上的起始频域位置可以根据第二偏移量确定。第一起始时域位置的单位可以为时域符号,第一 起始频域位置的单位可以为子载波。后文以第一起始时域位置的单位为时域符号,第一起始频域位置的单位为子载波为例进行介绍。In this embodiment, within one PRB, the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i on the time domain symbol a may be determined according to the second offset. The unit of the first starting time-domain position may be a time-domain symbol, and the unit of the first starting frequency-domain position may be a subcarrier. The following description takes the unit of the first starting time domain position as a time domain symbol and the unit of the first starting frequency domain position as a subcarrier as an example for introduction.
一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源属于M个资源集合,M个资源集合中每个资源集合用于传输 个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号。M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括L PRS个时域符号,L PRS为一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量。 In a possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to M resource sets, and each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the respective positioning reference signal ports. Each of the M resource sets includes LPRS time-domain symbols, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
在该实现方式中,X个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号的频域密度相同,X个定位参考信号分别连续占用的时域符号数量相同。其中,每个定位参考信号的频域密度为 每个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量为L PRS。 In this implementation manner, the frequency domain densities of the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively are the same, and the number of time domain symbols occupied by the X positioning reference signals respectively is the same. Among them, the frequency domain density of each positioning reference signal is The number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by each positioning reference signal is L PRS .
下面介绍X个定位参考信号端口中每个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时频位置的几种可能的实现方式。Several possible implementations of the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to each of the X positioning reference signal ports are described below.
需要说明的是,在下述介绍的几种可能的实现方式中,时频单元在时域上包括一个SL时隙。该SL时隙包括L syml个时域符号,L syml为大于1的整数。其中,L syml可以是基站为SL系统配置的,也可以是通信标准协议中定义的,具体本申请不做限定。例如,在图1A所示的场景下,L syml可以是基站为SL系统配置的。而在图1B所示的场景下,L syml可以是通信标准协议中定义的。 It should be noted that, in several possible implementation manners described below, the time-frequency unit includes one SL time slot in the time domain. The SL time slot includes L syml time-domain symbols, where L syml is an integer greater than 1. Wherein, L sym1 may be configured by the base station for the SL system, or may be defined in a communication standard protocol, which is not specifically limited in this application. For example, in the scenario shown in FIG. 1A , L sym1 may be configured by the base station for the SL system. In the scenario shown in FIG. 1B , L sym1 may be defined in a communication standard protocol.
X个定位参考信号时频资源分别连续占用的时域符号数量均为L PRS。X个定位参考信号时频资源分别对应的定位参考信号的频域密度均为 The number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources is L PRS . The frequency domain densities of the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources are
其中,SL时隙中的最后一个时域符号不用于传输定位参考信号。例如,该SL时隙中的最后一个时域符号为保护间隔(GAP)符号。 为大于1或等于1的整数,L PRS为大于1的整数。 Wherein, the last time domain symbol in the SL time slot is not used for transmitting the positioning reference signal. For example, the last time domain symbol in the SL slot is a guard interval (GAP) symbol. is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and L PRS is an integer greater than 1.
实现方式一:端口i的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量 时频单元的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号为P,那么端口i的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号 端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上对应的第二偏移量为: 时频单元的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为R。那么端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为 Implementation mode 1: the first offset corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of port i The number of the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is P, then the number of the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located The second offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is: The number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is R. Then the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is located is:
其中,%指取余。k′是根据l′和
确定的,其中,
k′的相关介绍可以参阅前述步骤201的相关介绍。
Among them, % refers to the remainder. k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For the related introduction of k′, please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing
l为大于或等于b且小于或等于c的整数。其中, l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c. in,
P为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个SL时隙包括的时域符号数量少一的整数。R为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个PRB包括的子载波数量少一的整数。i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数。P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot. R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB. i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
那么可知,端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域上持续映射L
PRS个时域符号,即端口 i的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域符号包括
结合上述公式2和端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置可以确定端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上占用的子载波的位置。
Then it can be seen that the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include: Combining the
在时频单元内,每个定位参考信号时频资源可以根据每个定位参考信号时频资源的起始时频位置、上述公式1以及上述公式2确定。In the time-frequency unit, each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the
在实现方式一中, 当然,也可以先计算得到 然后再确定 具体本申请不做限定。 In implementation one, Of course, it can also be calculated first then confirm There is no specific limitation in this application.
其中,M个资源集合中第一个资源集合占用的第一个时域符号为时频单元的第一个时域符号。M个资源集合中不同资源集合包括的时域资源不重叠。M个资源集合中相邻两个资源集合包括的时域符号连续。在同一时域符号上,同一资源集合内不同定位参考信号端口占用的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。The first time-domain symbol occupied by the first resource set in the M resource sets is the first time-domain symbol of the time-frequency unit. Time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap. The time domain symbols included in two adjacent resource sets in the M resource sets are continuous. On the same time-domain symbol, the frequency-domain resources occupied by different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set satisfy a frequency-division multiplexing relationship.
M个资源集合中每个资源集合用于传输 个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号。M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括时频单元中连续的L PRS个时域符号,L PRS为一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量。 Each of the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to each positioning reference signal port. Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in the time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
下面结合图3A的具体示例介绍实现方式一的技术方案。The technical solution of the first implementation is described below with reference to the specific example of FIG. 3A .
请参阅图3A,时频单元在时域上占用一个SL时隙,频域占用M个PRB,M为大于或等于1的整数。一个SL时隙包括14个连续的时域符号,一个PRB包括12个连续的子载波。其在一个PRB上的图样如图3A所示。SL时隙中的最后一个时域符号不用于传输定位参考信号。例如,SL时隙的最后一个时域符号为GAP符号。Referring to FIG. 3A , the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1. One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3A. The last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals. For example, the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
X个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号的频域密度
均为4。X个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号分别连续占用的时域符号数量L
PRS均为4。由上述实现方式一可知,
或者,
The frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 4. The number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports is all four. It can be seen from the
也就是时频单元包括12个定位参考信号时频资源。12个定位参考信号时频资源属于三个资源集合,分别为资源集合1、资源集合2和资源集合3。资源集合1包括时频单元的时域符号0至时域符号3对应的资源单元。资源集合2包括时频单元的时域符号4至时域符号7对应的资源单元。资源集合3包括时频单元的时域符号8至时域符号11对应的资源单元。在同一频域位置上不同资源集合中的定位参考信号端口占用的时域资源之间满足时分复用关系。相邻两个资源集合分别包括的时频资源在时域上连续。That is, the time-frequency unit includes 12 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources. The 12 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to three resource sets, which are resource set 1, resource set 2, and resource set 3, respectively. Resource set 1 includes resource elements corresponding to time-
在图3A中,时频单元的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0,也就是P=0。时频单元的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波0,也就是R=0。In FIG. 3A , the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is the time-
端口0的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量
P=0,因此可知,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号b=0,即时频单元的时域符号0。由端口0对应的定位参考信号时频资源连续占用的时域符号数量为4,而端口0的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0。因此可知,端口0对应的定位参考信号时频资源占用时域符号0至时域符号3。
The first offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
下面介绍端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号的确定过程。The following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
结合上述表1的相关介绍可知,对于时域符号0,那么可知l=0。由上述计算可知,
那么可知l′=0,结合上述表1可知k′=0。而
因此,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上对应的第二偏移量
那么端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置为
即为0。可知,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波0。对于端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号1、时域符号2和时域符号3上的起始频域位置的确定过程类似,这里不再一一说明。
Combining with the relevant introduction in Table 1 above, it can be known that, for the
端口1的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量
P=0。因此可知,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号b=0,即时频单元的时域符号0。由端口0对应的定位参考信号时频资源连续占用的时域符号数量为L
PRS,而端口1的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0。因此可知,端口1对应的定位参考信号时频资源占用时域符号0至时域符号3。
The first offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
下面介绍端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号的确定过程。The following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
结合上述表1的相关介绍可知,对于时域符号0,可知l=0。由上述计算可知,
那么可知l′=0,结合上述表1可知k′=0。而
因此,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上对应的第二偏移量
4)=1。那么端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置为第二偏移量
即为1。可知,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波1。对于端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号1、时域符号2和时域符号3上的起始频域位置的确定过程类似,这里不再一一说明。
Combining with the relevant introduction in Table 1 above, it can be known that, for the
由上述图3A可知,端口0至端口3分别对应的定位参考信号可以作为一个PRS组。端口4至端口7分别对应的定位参考信号可以作为一个PRS组,端口8至端口11分别对应的定位参考信号可以作为一个PRS组。As can be seen from the above FIG. 3A , the positioning reference signals corresponding to
例如,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波0。端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载 波为子载波1。端口2的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波为2。端口3的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波3。For example, the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
由此可知,在同一PRS组内,不同端口的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波不同。从而实现在同一时域符号上,将端口0至端口3分别对应的定位参考信号映射至该PRB中的不同子载波上。这样,在同一时域符号上,端口0至端口3分别对应的频域资源满足频分复用关系。It can be seen from this that within the same PRS group, the subcarriers where the starting frequency domain positions of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of different ports are located on the
对于其他端口的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置和起始频域位置的确定方式同样类似。在时频单元内,定位参考信号时频资源可以根据该定位参考信号时频资源的起始时频位置、上述公式1以及上述公式2确定。The manner of determining the starting time domain position and starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of other ports is also similar. In the time-frequency unit, the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the
由图3A可知,资源集合1用于传输端口0至端口3分别对应的定位参考信号。资源集合2用于传输端口4至端口7分别对应的定位参考信号。资源集合3用于传输端口8至端口11分别对应的定位参考信号。It can be seen from FIG. 3A that the resource set 1 is used to transmit the positioning reference signals corresponding to
可选的,图3A所示的时频单元中,时域符号12和时域符号13可以是空闲符号,或者可以作为GAP符号,还可以作为其他用途的符号,具体本申请不做限定。Optionally, in the time-frequency unit shown in FIG. 3A , the time-
下面再结合图3B的具体示例介绍实现方式一的技术方案。The technical solution of the first implementation manner is described below in conjunction with the specific example of FIG. 3B .
请参阅图3B,时频单元在时域上占用一个SL时隙,频域占用M个PRB,M为大于或等于1的整数。一个SL时隙包括14个连续的时域符号,一个PRB包括12个连续的子载波。其在一个PRB上的图样如图3B所示。SL时隙中的最后一个时域符号不用于传输定位参考信号。例如,SL时隙的最后一个时域符号为GAP符号。Referring to FIG. 3B , the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1. One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3B. The last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals. For example, the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
X个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号的频域密度 均为2。X个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号分别连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS均为6。 The frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 2. The number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports is 6, respectively.
由上述实现方式一可知,
或者,
It can be seen from the
也就是时频单元包括4个定位参考信号时频资源。4个定位参考信号时频资源与4个定位参考信号端口分别对应。4个定位参考信号时频资源属于两个资源集合,分别为资源集合1和资源集合2。资源集合1包括时频单元的时域符号0至时域符号5对应的资源单元。资源集合2包括时频单元的时域符号6至时域符号11对应的资源单元。在同一频域位置上不同资源集合中的定位参考信号端口占用的时域资源之间满足时分复用关系。相邻两个资源集合分别包括的时频资源在时域上连续。That is, the time-frequency unit includes four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources. The four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the four positioning reference signal ports respectively. The four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, which are resource set 1 and resource set 2 respectively. Resource set 1 includes resource units corresponding to time-
在图3B,时频单元的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0,也就是P=0。时频单元的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波0,也就是R=0。In FIG. 3B , the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is the time-
端口0的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量
P=0。因此可知,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0。即时频单元的时域符号0。由端口0对应的定位参考信号时频资源连续占用的时域符号数量为6,而端口0的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0。因此可知,端口0对应的定位参考信号时频资源占用时域符号0至时域符号5。
The first offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
下面介绍端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号的确定过程。The following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
结合上述表1的相关介绍可知,对于时域符号0,那么可知l=0。由上述计算可知,
那么可知l′=0,结合上述表1可知k′=0。而
因此,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上对应的第二偏移量
那么端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置为
即为0。可知,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波0。对于端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号1至时域符号5上的起始频域位置的确定过程类似,这里不再一一说明。
Combining with the relevant introduction in Table 1 above, it can be known that, for the
端口1的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量
P=0。因此可知,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0。即时频单元的时域符号0。由端口1对应的定位参考信号时频资源连续占用的时域符号数量为6,而端口1的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0。因此可知,端口1对应的定位参考信号时频资源占用时域符号0至时域符号5。
The first offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
下面介绍端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号的确定过程。The following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
结合上述表1的相关介绍可知,对于时域符号0,那么可知l=0。由上述计算可知,
那么可知l′=0,结合上述表1可知k′=0。而
因此,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上对应的第二偏移量
那么端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置为
即为1。可知,端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波1。对于端口1的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号1至时域符号5上的起始频域位置的确定过程类似,这里不再一一说明。
Combining with the relevant introduction in Table 1 above, it can be known that, for the
对于其他定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置和起始频域位置的确定过程同样类似。在时频单元内,每个定位参考信号时频资源的起始时频位置可以根据每个定位参考信号时频资源的起始时频位置、上述公式1以及上述公式2确定。The process of determining the starting time domain position and starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to other positioning reference signal ports is also similar. In the time-frequency unit, the starting time-frequency position of each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the
由图3B可知,资源集合1用于传输端口0至端口1分别对应的定位参考信号。资源集合2用于传输端口2至端口3分别对应的定位参考信号。It can be seen from FIG. 3B that the resource set 1 is used to transmit the positioning reference signals corresponding to
可选的,图3B所示的时频单元中,时域符号12和时域符号13可以是空闲符号,或者可以作为GAP符号,还可以作为其他用途的符号,具体本申请不做限定。Optionally, in the time-frequency unit shown in FIG. 3B , the time-
上述实现方式一的技术方案中,不同资源集合包括的时域资源不重叠。在SL系统的定 位场景中,终端设备之间可以选择不同资源集合的时频资源传输定位参考信号。避免终端设备无法同时收发定位参考信号的问题,从而实现终端设备之间的定位。在同一资源集合内,SL系统中的不同终端设备可以在同一时域符号上的不同子载波上传输定位参考信号,从而提高资源的利用率。In the technical solution of the first implementation manner, the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap. In the positioning scenario of the SL system, terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices. Within the same resource set, different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
实现方式二:端口i的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量
时频单元的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号为P,那么端口i的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号
端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上对应的第二偏移量为
时频单元的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为R,那么端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为
Implementation mode 2: the first offset corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of the port i The number of the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is P, then the number of the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located The second offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is: The number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is R, then the numbering of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located on the
其中,
%指取余。k′是根据l′和
确定的,其中,
k′的相关介绍可以参阅前述步骤201的相关介绍。
in, % means remainder. k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For the related introduction of k′, please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing
l为大于或等于b且小于或等于c的整数。其中, l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c. in,
P为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个SL时隙包括的时域符号数量少一的整数。R为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个PRB包括的子载波数量少一的整数。i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数。P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot. R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB. i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
那么可知,端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域上持续映射L
PRS个时域符号,即端口i的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域符号包括
结合上述公式2和端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置可以确定端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上占用的子载波的位置。
Then it can be seen that the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include: Combining the
在时频单元内,每个定位参考信号时频资源可以根据每个定位参考信号时频资源的起始时频位置、上述公式1以及上述公式2确定。In the time-frequency unit, each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the
在实现方式二中, 当然,也可以先计算得到 然后再确定 具体本申请不做限定。 In the second implementation, Of course, it can also be calculated first then confirm There is no specific limitation in this application.
其中,M个资源集合中第一个资源集合占用的第一个时域符号为时频单元的第一个时域符号。M个资源集合中不同资源集合包括的时域资源不重叠。在同一时域符号上同一资源集合内不同定位参考信号端口占用的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。The first time-domain symbol occupied by the first resource set in the M resource sets is the first time-domain symbol of the time-frequency unit. Time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap. A frequency-division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between the frequency-domain resources occupied by different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set on the same time-domain symbol.
M个资源集合中每个资源集合用于传输 个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号。M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括时频单元中连续的L PRS个时域符号,L PRS为一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量。 Each of the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to each positioning reference signal port. Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in the time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
本实施例中,在时频单元内,每个资源集合包括的最后一个时域符号的后一个时域符号为GAP符号。若存在两个以上资源集合,相邻的两个资源集合之间存在一个GAP符号。In this embodiment, in the time-frequency unit, the time-domain symbol following the last time-domain symbol included in each resource set is a GAP symbol. If there are more than two resource sets, there is one GAP symbol between two adjacent resource sets.
需要说明的是,本实施例中,M个资源集合的顺序是按照每个资源集合包括的时域符号的索引大小排序的。资源集合包括的时域符号的索引较小的排在前面,资源集合包括的时域符号的索引较大排在后面。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the order of the M resource sets is sorted according to the index size of the time domain symbols included in each resource set. The time-domain symbols included in the resource set with the smaller indexes are ranked first, and the time-domain symbols included in the resource set with the larger indexes are ranked at the back.
例如,如图3C所示,资源集合1包括时域符号0至时域符号3,资源集合包括时域符号5至时域符号8。因此可知,资源集合1为第一个资源集合,资源集合2为第二个资源集合。For example, as shown in FIG. 3C , resource set 1 includes
下面结合图3C的具体示例介绍实现方式二的技术方案。The technical solution of the second implementation manner is described below with reference to the specific example of FIG. 3C .
请参阅图3C,时频单元在时域上占用一个SL时隙,频域占用M个PRB,M为大于或等于1的整数。一个SL时隙包括14个连续的时域符号,一个PRB包括12个连续的子载波。其在一个PRB上的图样如图3C所示。SL时隙中的最后一个时域符号不用于传输定位参考信号。例如,SL时隙的最后一个时域符号为GAP符号。Referring to FIG. 3C , the time-frequency unit occupies one SL time slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1. One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3C. The last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals. For example, the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
X个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号的频域密度 均为4。X个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号分别连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS均为4。 The frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 4. The number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports is all four.
由上述实现方式二可知, 或者, From the second implementation above, it can be seen that, or,
也就是时频单元包括8个定位参考信号时频资源。8个定位参考信号时频资源与8个定位参考信号端口分别对应。8个定位参考信号时频资源属于两个资源集合,分别为资源集合1和资源集合2。资源集合1包括时频单元的时域符号0至时域符号3对应的资源单元。资源集合2包括时频单元的时域符号5至时域符号8对应的资源单元。在同一频域位置上不同资源集合中的定位参考信号端口占用的时域资源之间满足时分复用关系。在时频单元内,资源集合2包括的首个时域符号(即时域符号5)的前一个时域符号(即时域符号4)为GAP符号。That is, the time-frequency unit includes 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources. The eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the eight positioning reference signal ports respectively. The eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, namely resource set 1 and resource set 2, respectively. Resource set 1 includes resource elements corresponding to time-
在图3C中,时频单元的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0,也就是P=0。时频单元的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波0,也就是R=0。In FIG. 3C , the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is the time-
例如,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量
P=0。因此可知,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号b=0,即时域符号0。由于端口0对应的定位参考信号时频资源连续占用的时域符号数量为4,而端口0的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0。因此可知,端口0对应的定位参考信号时频资源占用时域符号0至时域符号3。
For example, the first offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
下面介绍端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号的确定过程。The following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
结合上述表1的相关介绍可知,对于时域符号0,那么可知l=0。由上述计算可知,
那么可知l′=0,结合上述表1可知k′=0。而
因此,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上对应的第二偏移量
那么端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置为
即为0。可知,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波0。对于端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号1、时域符号2和时域符号3上的起始频域位置的确定过程类似,这里不再一 一说明。
Combining with the relevant introduction in Table 1 above, it can be known that, for the
例如,端口4的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量
P=0。因此,端口4的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号b=5+0=5,即时域符号5。由端口4对应的定位参考信号时频资源连续占用的时域符号数量为4,而端口4的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号5。因此可知,端口4对应的定位参考信号时频资源占用时域符号5至时域符号8。
For example, the first offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
下面介绍端口4的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号的确定过程。The following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
结合上述表1的相关介绍可知,对于时域符号0,那么可知l=0。由上述计算可知,
那么可知l′=0,结合上述表1可知k′=0。而
因此,端口4的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上对应的第二偏移量
那么端口4的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置为
即为0。可知,端口4的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波0。对于端口4的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号1、时域符号2和时域符号3上的起始频域位置的确定过程类似,这里不再一一说明。
Combining with the relevant introduction in Table 1 above, it can be known that, for the
对于其他端口的的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置和起始频域位置的确定方式同样类似。在时频单元内,定位参考信号时频资源可以根据该定位参考信号时频资源的起始时频位置、上述公式1以及上述公式2确定。The manner of determining the starting time domain position and starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of other ports is also similar. In the time-frequency unit, the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the
由图3C可知,资源集合1用于传输端口0至端口3分别对应的定位参考信号。资源集合2用于传输端口4至端口7分别对应的定位参考信号。It can be seen from FIG. 3C that the resource set 1 is used to transmit the positioning reference signals corresponding to
可选的,图3C所示的时频单元中,时域符号10至时域符号14可以是空闲符号,或者可以作为GAP符号,还可以作为其他用途的符号,具体本申请不做限定。Optionally, in the time-frequency unit shown in FIG. 3C ,
上述实现方式二的技术方案中,不同资源集合包括的时域资源不重叠。在SL系统的定位场景中,终端设备之间可以选择不同资源集合的时频资源传输定位参考信号。避免终端设备无法同时收发定位参考信号的问题,从而实现终端设备之间的定位。并且,不同资源集合之间通过GAP符号分隔。因此,终端设备之间可以选择不同资源集合传输定位参考信号,这样终端设备可以资源集合之间的GAP符号上进行收发状态的切换,从而更好地接收或发送定位参考信号。在同一资源集合内,SL系统中的不同终端设备可以在同一时域符号上的不同子载波上传输定位参考信号,从而提高资源的利用率。In the technical solution of the second implementation manner, the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap. In the positioning scenario of the SL system, terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices. Moreover, different resource sets are separated by GAP symbols. Therefore, different resource sets can be selected between terminal devices to transmit positioning reference signals, so that the terminal devices can switch the transceiving state on GAP symbols between resource sets, so as to better receive or send positioning reference signals. Within the same resource set, different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
实现方式三:端口i的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量
时频单元的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号为P。那么端口i的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号为
端口i的定位参考信 号时频资源在时域l上对应的第二偏移量
时频单元的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为R。那么端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为
Implementation mode 3: the first offset corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of the port i The number of the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is P. Then the number of the time-domain symbol where the starting time-domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located is: The second offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i in the
%指取余。k′是根据l′和
确定的,其中,
k′的相关介绍可以参阅前述步骤201的相关介绍。
% means remainder. k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For the related introduction of k′, please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing
l为大于或等于b且小于或等于c的整数。其中, l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c. in,
P为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个SL时隙包括的时域符号数量少一的整数。R为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个PRB包括的子载波数量少一的整数。i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数。P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot. R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB. i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
那么可知,端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域上持续映射L
PRS个时域符号,即端口i的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域符号包括
结合上述公式2和端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置可以确定端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上占用的子载波的位置。
Then it can be seen that the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include: Combining the
在时频单元内,每个定位参考信号时频资源可以根据每个定位参考信号时频资源的起始时频位置、上述公式1以及上述公式2确定。In the time-frequency unit, each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of each positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the
在实现方式三中, 当然,也可以先计算得到 那么 具体本申请不做限定。 In the third implementation, Of course, it can also be calculated first So There is no specific limitation in this application.
其中,M个资源集合中每个资源集合用于传输 个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号。M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括时频单元中连续的L PRS个时域符号,L PRS为一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量。 Among them, each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to each positioning reference signal port. Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in the time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
在实现方式三中,在时频单元内每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号的前一个时域符号为自动增益控制(automatic gain control,AGC)符号。在时频单元内每个资源集合包括的最后一个时域符号的后一个时域符号为GAP符号。In
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号的前一个时域符号上发送的信号为终端设备在该每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号上发送的信号的复制。In a possible implementation manner, the signal sent by the terminal device on the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol included in each resource set. copy of the signal.
下面结合图3D介绍实现方式三的技术方案。The technical solution of
请参阅图3D,时频单元在时域上占用一个SL时隙,频域占用M个PRB,M为大于或等于1的整数。一个SL时隙包括14个连续的时域符号,一个PRB包括12个连续的子载波。其在一个PRB上的图样如图3D所示。SL时隙中的最后一个时域符号不用于传输定位参考信号。例如,SL时隙的最后一个时域符号为GAP符号。Referring to FIG. 3D , the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1. One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3D. The last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals. For example, the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
X个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号的频域密度 均为4。X个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号分别连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS均为4。 The frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 4. The number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports is all four.
由实现方式三可知, 或者, As can be seen from the third implementation, or,
也就是时频单元包括8个定位参考信号时频资源。8个定位参考信号时频资源与8个定位参考信号端口分别对应。8个定位参考信号时频资源属于两个资源集合,分别为资源集合1和资源集合2。资源集合1包括时频单元的时域符号1至时域符号4对应的资源单元。资源集合2包括时频单元的时域符号6至时域符号9对应的资源单元。在同一频域位置上不同资源集合中的定位参考信号端口占用的时域资源之间满足时分复用关系。That is, the time-frequency unit includes 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources. The eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the eight positioning reference signal ports respectively. The eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, namely resource set 1 and resource set 2, respectively. Resource set 1 includes resource elements corresponding to time-
资源集合1包括的首个时域符号(即时域符号1)的前一个时域符号(即时域符号0)为AGC符号。资源集合1包括的最后一个时域符号(即时域符号4)的后一个时域符号(即时域符号5)为GAP符号。The preceding time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 0) of the first time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 1) included in resource set 1 is an AGC symbol. The time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 5) following the last time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 4) included in resource set 1 is a GAP symbol.
可选的,终端设备在时域符号0上发送的信号为终端设备在时域符号1上发送的信号的复制。Optionally, the signal sent by the terminal device on time-
资源集合2包括的首个时域符号(即时域符号7)的前一个时域符号(即时域符号6)为AGC符号。资源集合2包括的最后一个时域符号(即时域符号9)的后一个时域符号(即时域符号10)为GAP符号。The preceding time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 6 ) of the first time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 7 ) included in resource set 2 is an AGC symbol. The time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 10) following the last time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 9) included in resource set 2 is a GAP symbol.
可选的,终端设备在时域符号6上发送的信号为终端设备在时域符号7上发送的信号的复制。Optionally, the signal sent by the terminal device on time-
例如,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量
P=0。因此,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号b=1,即时域符号1。由于端口0对应的定位参考信号时频资源连续占用的时域符号数量为4,而端口0的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0。因此可知,端口0对应的定位参考信号时频资源占用时域符号0至时域符号3。
For example, the first offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
下面介绍端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号的确定过程。The following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
结合上述表1的相关介绍可知,对于时域符号0,那么可知l=0。由上述计算可知,
那么可知l′=0,结合上述表1可知k′=0。而
因此,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上对应的第二偏移量
那么端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置为
即为0。可知,端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波0。对于端口0的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号1、时域符号2和时域符号3上的起始频域位置的确定过程类似,这里不再一一说明。
Combining with the relevant introduction in Table 1 above, it can be known that, for the
例如,端口4的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量
P=0。因此,端口4的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号b=7,即时域符号7。
For example, the first offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
下面介绍端口4的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载 波的编号的确定过程。The following describes the process of determining the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of
结合上述表1的相关介绍可知,对于时域符号0,那么可知l=0。由上述计算可知,
那么可知l′=0,结合上述表1可知k′=0。而
因此,端口4的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上对应的第二偏移量
那么端口4的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置为
即为0。可知,端口4的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号0上的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波0。对于端口4的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号1、时域符号2和时域符号3上的起始频域位置的确定过程类似,这里不再一一说明。
Combining with the relevant introduction in Table 1 above, it can be known that, for the
对于其他端口的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置和起始频域位置的确定方式同样类似。在时频单元内,定位参考信号时频资源可以根据该定位参考信号时频资源的起始时频位置、上述公式1以及上述公式2确定。The manner of determining the starting time domain position and starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of other ports is also similar. In the time-frequency unit, the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the
由此可知,资源集合1用于传输端口0至端口3分别对应的定位参考信号。资源集合2用于传输端口4至端口7分别对应的定位参考信号。It can be seen from this that resource set 1 is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to
可选的,在图3D所示的时频单元中,时域符号12至时域符号13可以是空闲符号,或者可以作为GAP符号,还可以作为其他用途的符号,具体本申请不做限定。Optionally, in the time-frequency unit shown in FIG. 3D ,
上述实现方式三的技术方案中,不同资源集合包括的时域资源不重叠。在SL系统的定位场景中,终端设备之间可以选择不同资源集合的时频资源传输定位参考信号。避免终端设备无法同时收发定位参考信号的问题,从而实现终端设备之间的定位。在同一资源集合内,同一时域符号上,不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系,提高资源的利用率。例如,在同一资源集合内,SL系统中的不同终端设备可以在同一时域符号上的不同子载波上传输定位参考信号,从而提高资源的利用率。In the technical solution of the third implementation manner, the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap. In the positioning scenario of the SL system, terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices. In the same resource set, on the same time domain symbol, the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, thereby improving the utilization rate of the resources. For example, within the same resource set, different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
进一步的,不同资源集合之间通过GAP符号分隔。终端设备之间可以选择不同资源集合传输定位参考信号,这样中的设备可以在资源集合之间的GAP符号上进行收发状态的切换,从而更好地接收或发送定位参考信号。其次,每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号的前一个时域符号为AGC符号,这样接收终端设备可以在AGC符号上调整接收功率,保证接收终端设备的介绍功率处于合理水平。进一步的,终端设备在每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号的前一个时域符号上发送的信号为终端设备在每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号上发送的信号的复制。也就是AGC符号上的信号设计为每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号的信号。这样接收终端设备可以根据待传输的定位参考信号的功率合理设置接收终端设备的接收功率,以提高接收性能,提升网络传输性能。Further, different resource sets are separated by GAP symbols. Different resource sets can be selected between terminal devices to transmit positioning reference signals, so that the devices in the device can switch the transceiver state on GAP symbols between resource sets, so as to better receive or send positioning reference signals. Secondly, the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is an AGC symbol, so that the receiving terminal device can adjust the received power on the AGC symbol to ensure that the introduced power of the receiving terminal device is at a reasonable level. Further, the signal sent by the terminal device on the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol included in each resource set. That is, the signal on the AGC symbol is designed as the signal of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set. In this way, the receiving terminal equipment can reasonably set the receiving power of the receiving terminal equipment according to the power of the positioning reference signal to be transmitted, so as to improve the receiving performance and the network transmission performance.
针对时频单元中可用于传输定位参考信号的时域符号数量L syml-1不为L PRS的整数倍的情况,本申请提供了每个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时频位 置的另外几种可能的实现方式。该几种可能的实现方式可以使得资源集合均等地分布在时频单元上,从而减少资源集合之间的码间干扰。 For the case that the number of time-domain symbols L sym1 -1 that can be used to transmit the positioning reference signal in the time-frequency unit is not an integer multiple of L PRS , the present application provides the starting point of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to each positioning reference signal port. Several other possible implementations of the initial time-frequency location. The several possible implementation manners can make the resource sets evenly distributed on the time-frequency units, thereby reducing the inter-symbol interference between the resource sets.
需要说明的是,在下述介绍的几种可能的计算方式中,时频单元包括一个SL时隙,该SL时隙包括L syml个时域符号,L syml为大于1的整数。其中,L syml可以是基站为SL系统配置的,也可以是通信标准协议中定义的,具体本申请不做限定。 It should be noted that, in several possible calculation methods described below, the time-frequency unit includes one SL time slot, and the SL time slot includes L syml time domain symbols, where L syml is an integer greater than 1. Wherein, L sym1 may be configured by the base station for the SL system, or may be defined in a communication standard protocol, which is not specifically limited in this application.
X个定位参考信号时频资源分别连续占用的时域符号数量均为L PRS,X个定位参考信号时频资源分别对应的定位参考信号的频域密度均为 为大于1或等于1的整数,L PRS为大于1的整数。 The number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources is L PRS , and the frequency domain densities of the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources respectively are is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and L PRS is an integer greater than 1.
其中,SL时隙中的最后一个时域符号不用于传输定位参考信号。例如,该SL时隙中的最后一个时域符号为GAP符号。Wherein, the last time domain symbol in the SL time slot is not used for transmitting the positioning reference signal. For example, the last time domain symbol in the SL slot is a GAP symbol.
实现方式四:端口i的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量 时频单元的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号为P=0。那么端口i的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号 端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上对应的第二偏移量为 时频单元的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为R。那么端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为 Implementation Mode 4: The First Offset Corresponding to the Positioning Reference Signal Time-Frequency Resource of Port i The number of the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is P=0. Then the number of the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located The second offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is: The number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is R. Then the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is located is:
%指取余。k′是根据l′和
确定的,其中,
k′的相关介绍可以参阅前述步骤201的相关介绍。
% means remainder. k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For the related introduction of k′, please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing
l为大于或等于b且小于或等于c的整数。其中, l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c. in,
P为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个SL时隙包括的时域符号数量少一的整数。R为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个PRB包括的子载波数量少一的整数。i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数。P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot. R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB. i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
在实现方式四中, 当然,也可以先计算得到 那么 具体本申请不做限定。M为X个定位参考信号时频资源包括的资源集合数量。 In the fourth implementation, Of course, it can also be calculated first So There is no specific limitation in this application. M is the number of resource sets included in the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources.
那么可知,端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域上持续映射L
PRS个时域符号,即端口i的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域符号包括
结合上述公式2和端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置可以确定端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上占用的子载波的位置。
Then it can be seen that the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include: Combining the
M个资源集合中第一个资源集合占用的第一个时域符号为时频单元的第一个时域符号。M个资源集合中不同资源集合包括的时域资源不重叠。在同一时域符号上同一资源集合内不同定位参考信号端口占用的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。在同一资源集合内,同一时域符号上,不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。M个资源集 合中每个资源集合用于传输 个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号。M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括时频单元内连续的L PRS个时域符号,L PRS为一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量。 The first time-domain symbol occupied by the first resource set in the M resource sets is the first time-domain symbol of the time-frequency unit. Time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap. A frequency-division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between the frequency-domain resources occupied by different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set on the same time-domain symbol. Within the same resource set, on the same time-domain symbol, frequency-domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy a frequency-division multiplexing relationship. Each of the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the respective positioning reference signal ports. Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in a time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
根据上述实现方式四确定的X个定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置、上述公式1和上述公式2确定X个定位参考信号时频资源在时频单元内的具体位置。这样可以使得M个资源集合均等的分布于时频单元内。下面通过图3E介绍实现方式四的技术方案。The specific positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the time-frequency unit are determined according to the starting time domain positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources determined in the fourth implementation manner, the
请参阅图3E,时频单元在时域上占用一个SL时隙,频域占用M个PRB,M为大于或等于1的整数。一个SL时隙包括14个连续的时域符号,一个PRB包括12个连续的子载波。其在一个PRB上的图样如图3E所示。SL时隙中的最后一个时域符号不用于传输定位参考信号。例如,SL时隙的最后一个时域符号为GAP符号。Referring to FIG. 3E , the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1. One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3E. The last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals. For example, the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
X个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号的频域密度 均为2。X个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号分别连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS均为6。 The frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 2. The number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports is 6, respectively.
由上述实现方式四可知, 或者, It can be seen from the above implementation mode four that, or,
也就是时频单元包括4个定位参考信号时频资源。4个定位参考信号时频资源与4个定位参考信号端口分别对应。4个定位参考信号时频资源属于两个资源集合,分别为资源集合1和资源集合2。由于资源集合1和资源集合2均匀分布于时频单元中,每个资源集合用于传输两个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号。因此可知,资源集合1用于传输端口0和端口1分别对应的定位参考信号。资源集合2用于传输端口2和端口3分别对应的定位参考信号。That is, the time-frequency unit includes four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources. The four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the four positioning reference signal ports respectively. The four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, which are resource set 1 and resource set 2 respectively. Since resource set 1 and resource set 2 are evenly distributed in the time-frequency unit, each resource set is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to two positioning reference signal ports respectively. Therefore, it can be known that the resource set 1 is used to transmit the positioning reference signals corresponding to the
需要说明的是,在图3E所示的时频单元中,时域符号6和时域符号13可以作为GAP符号,或者作为空闲符号,或者作为其他用途的符号,具体本申请不做限定。It should be noted that, in the time-frequency unit shown in FIG. 3E , the
上述实现方式四的技术方案中,不同资源集合包括的时域资源不重叠。在SL系统的定位场景中,终端设备之间可以选择不同资源集合的时频资源传输定位参考信号。避免终端设备无法同时收发定位参考信号的问题,从而实现终端设备之间的定位。在同一资源集合内,同一时域符号上,不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系,提高资源的利用率。例如,在同一资源集合内,SL系统中的不同终端设备可以在同一时域符号上的不同子载波上传输定位参考信号,从而提高资源的利用率。多个资源集合均等分布在时频单元内,保证资源集合之间的间距最大化,这样可以减少资源集合之间的码间干扰。In the technical solution of the fourth implementation manner, the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap. In the positioning scenario of the SL system, terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices. In the same resource set, on the same time domain symbol, the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, thereby improving the utilization rate of the resources. For example, within the same resource set, different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization. Multiple resource sets are equally distributed in the time-frequency unit to ensure that the distance between resource sets is maximized, which can reduce inter-symbol interference between resource sets.
实现方式五:端口i的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量 时频单元的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号为P。端口i的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号 端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上对应的第二偏移量为 时频单元的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为R。那么端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为 Implementation mode 5: the first offset corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of the port i The number of the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is P. The number of the time-domain symbol where the starting time-domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located The second offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is: The number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is R. Then the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is located is:
%指取余。k′是根据l′和
确定的,其中,
k′的相关介绍可以参阅前述步骤201的相关介绍。
% means remainder. k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For the related introduction of k′, please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing
P为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个SL时隙包括的时域符号数量少一的整数。R为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个PRB包括的子载波数量少一的整数。i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数。P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot. R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB. i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
参阅前述步骤在实现方式五中, 当然,也可以先计算得到 那么 具体本申请不做限定。 Referring to the aforementioned steps in the fifth implementation, Of course, it can also be calculated first So There is no specific limitation in this application.
那么可知,端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域上持续映射L
PRS个时域符号,即端口i的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域符号包括
结合上述公式2和端口i对应的第二偏移量可以确定端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时频单元内占用的子载波的位置。
Then it can be seen that the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include: The position of the subcarrier occupied by the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of port i in the time-frequency unit can be determined by combining the
其中,M个资源集合中第一个资源集合包括时频单元的首个时域符号对应的资源单元。M个资源集合中每个资源集合用于传输 个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号。M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括时频单元中连续的L PRS个时域符号,L PRS为一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量。 The first resource set in the M resource sets includes the resource unit corresponding to the first time-domain symbol of the time-frequency unit. Each of the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the respective positioning reference signal ports. Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in the time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
本实施例中,在时频单元内,每个资源集合包括的最后一个时域符号的后一个时域符号为GAP符号。若存在两个以上资源集合,相邻的两个资源集合之间存在一个GAP符号。In this embodiment, in the time-frequency unit, the time-domain symbol following the last time-domain symbol included in each resource set is a GAP symbol. If there are more than two resource sets, there is one GAP symbol between two adjacent resource sets.
关于资源集合的顺序的相关介绍请参阅前述实现方式二中的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。For a related introduction about the sequence of the resource set, please refer to the related introduction in the foregoing
根据上述实现方式五确定的X个定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置、上述公式1和上述公式2确定X个定位参考信号时频资源在时频单元内的具体位置。这样可以使得M个资源集合均等的分布于时频单元内。下面通过图3F介绍实现方式四的技术方案。The specific positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the time-frequency unit are determined according to the starting time domain positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources determined in the fifth implementation manner, the
请参阅图3F,时频单元在时域上占用一个SL时隙,频域占用M个PRB,M为大于或等于1的整数。一个SL时隙包括14个连续的时域符号,一个PRB包括12个连续的子载波。其在一个PRB上的图样如图3F所示。SL时隙中的最后一个时域符号不用于传输定位参考信号。例如,SL时隙的最后一个时域符号为GAP符号。Referring to FIG. 3F , the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1. One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3F. The last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals. For example, the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
X个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号的频域密度 均为4。X个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号分别连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS均为4。 The frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 4. The number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively is 4.
由实现方式五可知, 或者, It can be seen from the implementation mode five, or,
也就是时频单元包括8个定位参考信号时频资源。8个定位参考信号时频资源与8个定位参考信号端口分别对应。8个定位参考信号时频资源属于两个资源集合,分别为资源集合1和资源集合2。That is, the time-frequency unit includes 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources. The eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the eight positioning reference signal ports respectively. The eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, namely resource set 1 and resource set 2, respectively.
由于资源集合1和资源集合2均匀分布于时频单元中,每个资源集合用于传输两个定位 参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号。因此可知,资源集合1包括时频单元的时域符号0至时域符号3对应的资源单元。即资源集合1用于传输端口0、端口1、端口2和端口3分别对应的定位参考信号。资源集合2包括时频单元的时域符号6至时域符号9对应的资源单元。即资源集合2用于传输端口4、端口5、端口6和端口7分别对应的定位参考信号。时频单元中的时域符号4和时域符号11均作为GAP符号。Since resource set 1 and resource set 2 are evenly distributed in the time-frequency unit, each resource set is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to two positioning reference signal ports respectively. Therefore, it can be known that the resource set 1 includes resource elements corresponding to time-
可选的,时频单元中,时域符号5至时域符号6,以及时域符号12至时域符号13可以作为GAP符号,也可以作为空闲符号,还可以作为其他用途的符号,具体本申请不做限定。Optionally, in the time-frequency unit,
上述实现方式五的技术方案中,不同资源集合包括的时域资源不重叠。在SL系统的定位场景中,终端设备之间可以选择不同资源集合的时频资源传输定位参考信号。避免终端设备无法同时收发定位参考信号的问题,从而实现终端设备之间的定位。在同一资源集合内,同一时域符号上,不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系,提高资源的利用率。例如,在同一资源集合内,SL系统中的不同终端设备可以在同一时域符号上的不同子载波上传输定位参考信号,从而提高资源的利用率。多个资源集合均等分布在时频单元内,保证资源集合之间的间距最大化,这样可以减少资源集合之间的码间干扰。In the technical solution of the fifth implementation manner, the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap. In the positioning scenario of the SL system, terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices. In the same resource set, on the same time domain symbol, the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, thereby improving the utilization rate of the resources. For example, within the same resource set, different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization. Multiple resource sets are equally distributed in the time-frequency unit to ensure that the distance between resource sets is maximized, which can reduce inter-symbol interference between resource sets.
实现方式六:端口i的定位参考信号时频资源对应的第一偏移量 时频单元的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号为P。那么端口i的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号 端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上对应的第二偏移量为 时频单元的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为R。那么端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为 Implementation mode 6: the first offset corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the positioning reference signal of the port i The number of the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is P. Then the number of the time domain symbol where the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i is located The second offset corresponding to the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is: The number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is R. Then the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource of port i on the time domain symbol l is located is:
其中, %指取余。 in, % means remainder.
k′是根据l′和
确定的,其中,
k′的相关介绍可以参阅前述步骤201的相关介绍。
k' is based on l' and sure, of which, For the related introduction of k′, please refer to the related introduction of the foregoing
l为大于或等于b且小于或等于c的整数。其中, l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c. in,
P为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个SL时隙包括的时域符号数量少一的整数。R为大于或等于0且小于或等于一个PRB包括的子载波数量少一的整数。i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数。P is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of time domain symbols included in one SL slot. R is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the number of subcarriers included in one PRB. i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
那么可知,端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域上持续映射L
PRS个时域符号,即端口i的定位参考信号时频资源占用的时域符号包括
结合上述公式2和端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上的起始频域位置可以确定端口i的定位参考信号时频资源在时域符号l上占用的子载波的位置。
Then it can be seen that the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i are continuously mapped to L PRS time-domain symbols in the time domain, that is, the time-domain symbols occupied by the time-frequency resources of the positioning reference signal of port i include: Combining the
在实现方式六中, 当然,也可以先计算得到 那么 具体本申请不做限定。 In the sixth implementation, Of course, it can also be calculated first So There is no specific limitation in this application.
其中,M个资源集合中每个资源集合用于传输 个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号。M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括时频单元中连续的L PRS个时域符号,L PRS为一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量。 Among them, each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the respective positioning reference signal ports. Each of the M resource sets includes consecutive LPRS time-domain symbols in the time-frequency unit, where LPRS is the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal.
在实现方式六中,在时频单元内每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号的前一个时域符号为AGC符号。在时频单元内每个资源集合包括的最后一个时域符号的后一个时域符号为GAP符号。In
可选的,终端设备在每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号的前一个时域符号上发送的信号为终端设备在该每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号上发送的信号的复制。Optionally, the signal sent by the terminal device on the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol included in each resource set. .
根据上述实现方式六确定的X个定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置、上述公式1和上述公式2确定X个定位参考信号时频资源在时频单元内的具体位置。这样可以使得M个资源集合均等的分布于时频单元内。下面结合图3G介绍实现方式六的技术方案。The specific positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the time-frequency unit are determined according to the starting time domain positions of the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources determined in the sixth implementation manner, the
请参阅图3G,时频单元在时域上占用一个SL时隙,频域占用M个PRB,M为大于或等于1的整数。一个SL时隙包括14个连续的时域符号,一个PRB包括12个连续的子载波。其在一个PRB上的图样如图3G所示。SL时隙中的最后一个时域符号不用于传输定位参考信号。例如,SL时隙的最后一个时域符号为GAP符号。Referring to FIG. 3G , the time-frequency unit occupies one SL slot in the time domain, and occupies M PRBs in the frequency domain, where M is an integer greater than or equal to 1. One SL slot includes 14 consecutive time-domain symbols, and one PRB includes 12 consecutive subcarriers. Its pattern on one PRB is shown in Figure 3G. The last time domain symbol in the SL slot is not used to transmit positioning reference signals. For example, the last time domain symbol of an SL slot is a GAP symbol.
X个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号的频域密度 均为4。X个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号分别连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS均为4。 The frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively Both are 4. The number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by the positioning reference signals corresponding to the X positioning reference signal ports respectively is 4.
由实现方式六可知, 或者, It can be seen from the realization mode six, or,
也就是时频单元包括8个定位参考信号时频资源。8个定位参考信号时频资源与8个定位参考信号端口分别对应。8个定位参考信号时频资源属于两个资源集合,分别为资源集合1和资源集合2。That is, the time-frequency unit includes 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources. The eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the eight positioning reference signal ports respectively. The eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources belong to two resource sets, namely resource set 1 and resource set 2, respectively.
由于资源集合1和资源集合2均匀分布于时频单元中,每个资源集合用于传输四个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号。如图3G所示,资源集合1包括时域符号1至时域符号4对应的资源单元。即资源集合1用于传输端口0至端口3分别对应的定位参考信号。资源集合2包括时域符号8至时域符号11对应的资源单元。资源集合2用于传输端口4至端口7分别对应的定位参考信号。Since resource set 1 and resource set 2 are evenly distributed in the time-frequency unit, each resource set is used to transmit positioning reference signals corresponding to four positioning reference signal ports respectively. As shown in FIG. 3G , resource set 1 includes resource elements corresponding to time-
资源集合1包括的首个时域符号(即时域符号1)的前一个时域符号(即时域符号0)为AGC符号。资源集合1包括的最后一个时域符号(即时域符号4)的后一个时域符号(即时域符号5)为GAP符号。The preceding time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 0) of the first time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 1) included in resource set 1 is an AGC symbol. The time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 5) following the last time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 4) included in resource set 1 is a GAP symbol.
可选的,时频单元中,终端设备在时域符号0发送的信号为终端设备在时域符号1上发送的信号的复制。Optionally, in the time-frequency unit, the signal sent by the terminal device on time-
资源集合2包括的首个时域符号(即时域符号8)的前一个时域符号(即时域符号7)为AGC符号。资源集合2包括的最后一个时域符号(即时域符号11)的后一个时域符号(即时域符号12)为GAP符号。The preceding time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 7) of the first time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 8) included in resource set 2 is an AGC symbol. The time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 12 ) following the last time-domain symbol (time-domain symbol 11 ) included in resource set 2 is a GAP symbol.
可选的,时频单元中,终端设备在时域符号7上发送的信号为终端设备在时域符号8上发送的信号的复制。Optionally, in the time-frequency unit, the signal sent by the terminal device on the time-
一种可能的实现方式中,时频单元中,时域符号6和时域符号13可以作为GAP符号,也可以作为空闲符号,或者作为其他用途的符号,具体本申请不做限定。In a possible implementation manner, in the time-frequency unit, the
在图3G中,时频单元的起始时域位置所在的时域符号为时域符号0,也就是P=0。时频单元的起始频域位置所在的子载波为子载波0,也就是R=0。In FIG. 3G , the time-domain symbol where the initial time-domain position of the time-frequency unit is located is the time-
对于其他端口的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置和起始频域位置的确定方式同样类似。在时频单元内,定位参考信号时频资源可以根据该定位参考信号时频资源的起始时频位置、上述公式1以及上述公式2确定。The manner of determining the starting time domain position and starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources of other ports is also similar. In the time-frequency unit, the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource may be determined according to the starting time-frequency position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource, the
上述实现方式六的技术方案中,不同资源集合包括的时域资源不重叠。在SL系统的定位场景中,终端设备之间可以选择不同资源集合的时频资源传输定位参考信号。避免终端设备无法同时收发定位参考信号的问题,从而实现终端设备之间的定位。在同一资源集合内,同一时域符号上,不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系,提高资源的利用率。例如,在同一资源集合内,SL系统中的不同终端设备可以在同一时域符号上的不同子载波上传输定位参考信号,从而提高资源的利用率。In the technical solution of the sixth implementation manner, the time domain resources included in different resource sets do not overlap. In the positioning scenario of the SL system, terminal devices can select time-frequency resources of different resource sets to transmit positioning reference signals. This avoids the problem that terminal devices cannot send and receive positioning reference signals at the same time, thereby realizing positioning between terminal devices. In the same resource set, on the same time domain symbol, the frequency domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship, thereby improving the utilization rate of the resources. For example, within the same resource set, different terminal devices in the SL system can transmit positioning reference signals on different subcarriers on the same time domain symbol, thereby improving resource utilization.
进一步的,不同资源集合之间通过GAP符号分隔。终端设备之间可以选择不同资源集合传输定位参考信号,这样中的设备可以在资源集合之间的GAP符号上进行收发状态的切换,从而更好地接收或发送定位参考信号。其次,每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号的前一个时域符号为AGC符号,这样接收终端设备可以在AGC符号上调整接收功率,保证接收终端设备的介绍功率处于合理水平。进一步的,终端设备在每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号的前一个时域符号上发送的信号为终端设备在每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号上发送的信号的复制。也就是AGC符号上的信号设计为每个资源集合包括的首个时域符号的信号。这样接收终端设备可以根据待传输的定位参考信号的功率合理设置接收终端设备的接收功率,以提高接收性能。多个资源集合均等分布在时频单元内,保证资源集合之间的间距最大化,这样可以减少资源集合之间的码间干扰,提升网络传输性能。Further, different resource sets are separated by GAP symbols. Different resource sets can be selected between terminal devices to transmit positioning reference signals, so that the devices in the device can switch the transceiver state on GAP symbols between resource sets, so as to better receive or send positioning reference signals. Secondly, the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is an AGC symbol, so that the receiving terminal device can adjust the received power on the AGC symbol to ensure that the introduced power of the receiving terminal device is at a reasonable level. Further, the signal sent by the terminal device on the previous time domain symbol of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol included in each resource set. That is, the signal on the AGC symbol is designed as the signal of the first time domain symbol included in each resource set. In this way, the receiving terminal equipment can reasonably set the receiving power of the receiving terminal equipment according to the power of the positioning reference signal to be transmitted, so as to improve the receiving performance. Multiple resource sets are equally distributed in the time-frequency unit to ensure that the distance between resource sets is maximized, which can reduce inter-symbol interference between resource sets and improve network transmission performance.
下面以第一终端设备为发送终端设备,第二终端设备为接收终端设备为例介绍本申请实施例的技术方案。The following describes the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application by taking the first terminal device as a sending terminal device and the second terminal device as a receiving terminal device as an example.
请参阅图4,图4为本申请实施例资源确定方法的另一个实施例示意图。在图4中,资源确定方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 4 , which is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for determining a resource according to an embodiment of the present application. In Figure 4, the resource determination method includes:
401、第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一信息。相应的,第二终端设备接收来自第一终端设备的第一信息。401. The first terminal device sends first information to the second terminal device. Correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the first information from the first terminal device.
其中,第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间建立SL连接,第一信息用于指示第一定位参考信号的端口。第一定位参考信号是第一终端设备待向第二终端设备发送的定位参考信号。The SL connection is established between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the first information is used to indicate the port of the first positioning reference signal. The first positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal to be sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device.
第一种可能的实现方式中,第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间确定通过PC5接口进行定位。第一终端设备确定第一定位参考信号对应的第一端口。In a first possible implementation manner, it is determined that the PC5 interface is used for positioning between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. The first terminal device determines the first port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
那么,第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一信息。第一信息包括第一端口的端口号。那么,第二终端设备根据第一信息确定第一端口。Then, the first terminal device sends the first information to the second terminal device. The first information includes the port number of the first port. Then, the second terminal device determines the first port according to the first information.
可选的,第一信息还包括:用于传输第一定位参考信号的资源的起始时域位置与第一终端设备发送第一信息的时域位置之间的时间间隔。Optionally, the first information further includes: a time interval between a starting time domain position of the resource used for transmitting the first positioning reference signal and a time domain position where the first terminal device sends the first information.
可选的,第一终端设备确定第二定位参考信号对应的第二端口。第二定位参考信号是第二终端设备待向第一终端设备发送的定位参考信号。即第二定位参考信号是第一终端设备待从第二终端设备接收的定位参考信号。Optionally, the first terminal device determines a second port corresponding to the second positioning reference signal. The second positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal to be sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device. That is, the second positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal to be received by the first terminal device from the second terminal device.
那么在该实现方式中,第一信息还包括第二端口的端口号。Then, in this implementation manner, the first information further includes the port number of the second port.
可选的,第一信息还包括:用于传输第二定位参考信号的资源的起始时域位置与第一终端设备发送第一信息的时域位置之间的时间间隔。Optionally, the first information further includes: a time interval between the starting time domain position of the resource used for transmitting the second positioning reference signal and the time domain position where the first terminal device sends the first information.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息包括侧行控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI),SCI包括第一端口的端口号以及第二端口的端口号。In a possible implementation manner, the first information includes sidelink control information (SCI), and the SCI includes the port number of the first port and the port number of the second port.
上述第一种实现方式中,以第一终端设备确定定位参考信号对应的端口为例进行说明。实际应用中,也可以是由第二终端设备确定定位参考信号对应的端口,再通知第一终端设备,这里不再赘述。In the above-mentioned first implementation manner, the first terminal device determines the port corresponding to the positioning reference signal as an example for description. In practical applications, the second terminal device may also determine the port corresponding to the positioning reference signal, and then notify the first terminal device, which will not be repeated here.
第二种可能的实现方式中,第一终端设备和第二终端设备分别自行确定定位参考信号对应的端口。其中,第一定位参考信号对应第一端口,第一定位参考信号是第一终端设备待向第二终端设备发送的定位参考信号。第二定位参考信号对应第二端口,第二定位参考信号是第二终端设备待向第一终端设备发送的定位参考信号。第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一信息,第一信息包括第一端口的端口号。那么,第二终端设备可以确定第一端口。In the second possible implementation manner, the first terminal device and the second terminal device respectively determine the port corresponding to the positioning reference signal by themselves. The first positioning reference signal corresponds to the first port, and the first positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal to be sent by the first terminal device to the second terminal device. The second positioning reference signal corresponds to the second port, and the second positioning reference signal is a positioning reference signal to be sent by the second terminal device to the first terminal device. The first terminal device sends first information to the second terminal device, where the first information includes the port number of the first port. Then, the second terminal device can determine the first port.
可选的,第一信息还包括用于传输第一定位参考信号的资源的起始时域位置与第一终端设备发送第一信息的时域位置之间的时间间隔。Optionally, the first information further includes a time interval between the starting time domain position of the resource used for transmitting the first positioning reference signal and the time domain position where the first terminal device sends the first information.
第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第二信息。第二信息包括第二端口的端口号。The second terminal device sends the second information to the first terminal device. The second information includes the port number of the second port.
可选的,第二信息还包括用于传输第二定位参考信号的资源的起始时域位置与第一终端设备发送第一信息的时域位置之间的时间间隔。Optionally, the second information further includes a time interval between the starting time domain position of the resource used for transmitting the second positioning reference signal and the time domain position where the first terminal device sends the first information.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息和第二信息可以为SCI。In a possible implementation manner, the first information and the second information may be SCI.
本实施例中,在SL系统的定位需求场景,通常是终端设备与终端设备之间的定位。本实施例中以第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一定位参考信号为例进行说明。第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第二定位参考信号的过程与本实施例类似,具体此处不再赘述。In this embodiment, the positioning requirement scenario of the SL system is usually the positioning between terminal devices. In this embodiment, the first terminal device sends the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal device as an example for description. The process of sending the second positioning reference signal by the second terminal device to the first terminal device is similar to this embodiment, and details are not repeated here.
例如,如图3A所示,第一终端设备确定第一定位参考信号对应端口1。第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一信息,第一信息包括端口1的端口号。For example, as shown in FIG. 3A , the first terminal device determines that the first positioning reference signal corresponds to
402、第二终端设备根据第一信息确定第一定位参考信号对应的端口。402. The second terminal device determines a port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal according to the first information.
其中,第一信息用于指示第一定位参考信号对应的端口。The first information is used to indicate the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息包括第一定位参考信号对应的端口的端口号。第二终端设备根据第一信息确定第一定位参考信号对应的端口的端口号。In a possible implementation manner, the first information includes a port number of a port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal. The second terminal device determines the port number of the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal according to the first information.
403、第二终端设备根据第一定位参考信号对应的端口在时频单元内确定第一资源。403. The second terminal device determines the first resource in the time-frequency unit according to the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
404、第一终端设备根据第一定位参考信号对应的端口在时频单元内确定第一资源。404. The first terminal device determines the first resource in the time-frequency unit according to the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal.
步骤403和步骤404均与前述图2A所示的实施例的步骤201中终端设备确定第一资源的 过程类似,具体请参阅前述图2A所示的实施例的步骤201的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。Both steps 403 and 404 are similar to the process in which the terminal device determines the first resource in
需要说明的是,上述步骤401至步骤403与步骤404之间没有固定的执行顺序。可以先执行步骤401至步骤403,再执行步骤404;或者,先执行步骤404,再执行步骤401至步骤403;或者,依据情况同时执行步骤401至步骤403与步骤404,具体本申请不做限定。It should be noted that, there is no fixed execution order between the
405、第一终端设备在第一资源上向第二终端设备发送第一定位参考信号。相应的,第二终端设备在第一资源上接收来自第一终端设备第一定位参考信号。405. The first terminal device sends the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal device on the first resource. Correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the first positioning reference signal from the first terminal device on the first resource.
例如,如图3A所示,第一定位参考信号对应端口1。第一资源包括如图3A中的端口1的定位参考信号时频资源。那么第一终端设备在端口1的定位参考信号时频资源上向第二终端设备发送第一定位参考信号。相应的,第二终端设备在端口1的定位参考信号时频资源上接收第一定位参考信号,并对第一定位参考信号进行测量,得到测量结果。然后,第二终端设备根据测量结果确定第一终端设备的位置。For example, as shown in FIG. 3A , the first positioning reference signal corresponds to
本申请实施例中,第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一信息。第一信息用于指示第一定位参考信号对应的端口。然后,第二终端设备根据指示信息确定第一定位参考信号对应的端口,并根据第一定位参考信号对应的二端口确定第一资源。这样第一终端设备可以在第一资源上发送第一定位参考信号。相应的,第二终端设备在第一资源上接收第一定位参考信号,从而实现第二终端设备对第一终端设备的定位。In this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device sends the first information to the second terminal device. The first information is used to indicate the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal. Then, the second terminal device determines the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal according to the indication information, and determines the first resource according to the two ports corresponding to the first positioning reference signal. In this way, the first terminal device can send the first positioning reference signal on the first resource. Correspondingly, the second terminal device receives the first positioning reference signal on the first resource, so as to realize the positioning of the first terminal device by the second terminal device.
本申请还提供另一种技术方案,终端设备通过该技术方案确定SL系统中用于传输定位参考信号的资源。下面结合图5所示的实施例进行介绍。The present application also provides another technical solution, through which the terminal device determines the resource used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the SL system. The following description will be made with reference to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
请参阅图5,图5为本申请实施例资源确定方法的一个实施例示意图。在图5中,资源确定方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 5 , which is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a method for determining a resource according to an embodiment of the present application. In Figure 5, the resource determination method includes:
501、终端设备获取指示信息。501. The terminal device acquires indication information.
其中,指示信息用于确定第一资源集合。第一资源集合用于发送终端设备的第一定位参考信号。第一资源集合与第二资源集合在频域上正交,且在时域上重叠。第二资源集合用于发送承载侧行链路混合重传请求信息(sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request,SL HARQ)的侧行链路物理层反馈信道(physical sidelink feedback channel,PSFCH)。The indication information is used to determine the first resource set. The first resource set is used to send the first positioning reference signal of the terminal device. The first resource set and the second resource set are orthogonal in the frequency domain and overlap in the time domain. The second resource set is used to send a sidelink physical layer feedback channel (physical sidelink feedback channel, PSFCH) carrying sidelink hybrid automatic repeat request (SL HARQ) information.
一种可能的场景,第二资源集合为空集,即在PSFCH所在时隙上没有分配用于反馈HARQ-ACK信息的资源。In a possible scenario, the second resource set is an empty set, that is, no resource for feeding back HARQ-ACK information is allocated on the time slot where the PSFCH is located.
一种可能的实现方式中,指示信息用于指示PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的第一资源集合和用于PSFCH发送的第二资源集合。In a possible implementation manner, the indication information is used to indicate a first resource set used for transmitting positioning reference signals and a second resource set used for PSFCH transmission in the PSFCH time slot.
可选的,指示信息包括比特位图。比特位图用于指示第一资源集合和第二资源集合,比特位图中的每个比特对应一个PRB。Optionally, the indication information includes a bitmap. The bitmap is used to indicate the first resource set and the second resource set, and each bit in the bitmap corresponds to one PRB.
例如,如图6A示出的是一个PSFCH时隙。在该PSFCH时隙中,时域符号10和时域符号11用于发送PSFCH。比特位图为“01010101010101010101”。在图6A中,在时域符号10和时域符号11上,比特位图中的比特“0”对应的PRB用于传输定位参考信号。那么,比特位图中的比特“1”对应的PRB可以默认用于发送PSFCH。也就是比特位图间接指示用于发送PSFCH的第二资源集合。即PSFCH时隙中,时域符号10和时域符号11上,PRB1、PRB3、PRB5、PRB7、PRB9、PRB11、PRB13、PRB15、PRB17和PRB19用于发送PSFCH。时域符号10和时域符号11上, PRB0、PRB2、PRB4、PRB6、PRB8、PRB10、PRB12、PRB14、PRB16和PRB18用于传输定位参考信号。For example, as shown in FIG. 6A is one PSFCH slot. In this PSFCH slot,
需要说明的是,上述图6A示出了在时域符号10和时域符号11上,比特位图中的比特“0”对应的PRB用于传输定位参考信号,比特位图中的比特“1”对应的PRB可以默认用于发送PSFCH的实现方式。而实际设计中,也可以设计为以下方案:在时域符号10和时域符号11上,比特位图中的比特“1”对应的PRB用于发送PSFCH,比特位图中的比特“0”对应的PRB用于发送定位参考信号。也就是比特位图直接指示第一资源集合和第二资源集合。It should be noted that the above-mentioned FIG. 6A shows that on the
在该实现方式中,第一资源集合和第二资源集合通过同一指示信息指示。In this implementation manner, the first resource set and the second resource set are indicated by the same indication information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,指示信息用于指示PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的第一资源集合。In another possible implementation manner, the indication information is used to indicate the first resource set used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the PSFCH time slot.
本实施例中,在SL系统中,通过比特位图配置PSFCH时隙中用于发送承载SL HARQ的PSFCH的资源,比特位图中的每个比特对应一个PRB。In this embodiment, in the SL system, the resources used to transmit the PSFCH carrying the SL HARQ in the PSFCH time slot are configured through a bitmap, and each bit in the bitmap corresponds to one PRB.
例如,如图6B示出的是一个PSFCH时隙。在该PSFCH时隙中,时域符号10和时域符号11用于PSFCH的发送。比特位图为“01010101010101010101”。在时域符号10和时域符号11上,比特位图中的比特“1”对应的PRB用于发送PSFCH。即PSFCH时隙中,时域符号10和时域符号11上,PRB1、PRB3、PRB5、PRB7、PRB9、PRB11、PRB13、PRB15、PRB17和PRB19用于发送PSFCH。For example, as shown in FIG. 6B is one PSFCH slot. In this PSFCH slot,
终端设备收到比特位图“01010101010101010101”后,终端设备确定比特位图中的比特“1”对应的PRB用于发送PSFCH,比特位图中的比特“0”对应的PRB为空闲PRB。比特位图中的比特“0”对应的PRB分别为PRB0、PRB2、PRB4、PRB6、PRB8、PRB10、PRB12、PRB14、PRB16和PRB18。After the terminal device receives the bitmap "01010101010101010101", the terminal device determines that the PRB corresponding to the bit "1" in the bitmap is used to send the PSFCH, and the PRB corresponding to the bit "0" in the bitmap is an idle PRB. The PRBs corresponding to the bit "0" in the bitmap are PRB0, PRB2, PRB4, PRB6, PRB8, PRB10, PRB12, PRB14, PRB16, and PRB18, respectively.
上述步骤501中,终端设备接收指示信息,该指示信息为“1010111111”。该指示信息用于指示上述比特位图中“01010101010101010101”中的比特“0”对应的PRB是否用于传输定位参考信号。In the
其中,指示信息中的比特“1”用于指示比特位图中对应的比特“0”对应的PRB用于传输定位参考信号。指示信息中的比特“0”用于指示比特位图中对应的比特“0”对应的PRB不能用于传输定位参考信号。The bit "1" in the indication information is used to indicate that the PRB corresponding to the corresponding bit "0" in the bitmap is used for transmitting the positioning reference signal. The bit "0" in the indication information is used to indicate that the PRB corresponding to the corresponding bit "0" in the bitmap cannot be used to transmit the positioning reference signal.
例如,指示信息“1010111111”中的首个比特“1”指示比特位图中“01010101010101010101”中的第一个“比特0”对应的PRB可以用于传输定位参考信号。指示信息“1010111111”中的第二个比特“0”指示比特位图中“01010101010101010101”中的第二个“比特0”对应的PRB不能用于传输定位参考信号。指示信息“1010111111”中的第三个比特“1”指示比特位图中“01010101010101010101”中的第三个“比特0”对应的PRB可以用于传输定位参考信号。以此类推,指示信息“1010111111”中的第十个比特“1”指示比特位图中“01010101010101010101”的第十个“比特0”对应的PRB可以用于传输定位参考信号。For example, the first bit "1" in the indication information "1010111111" indicates that the PRB corresponding to the first "
那么可知,在时域符号10和时域符号11上,PRB0、PRB4、PRB8、PRB10、PRB12、PRB14、PRB16和PRB18用于传输定位参考信号。具体请参阅图6B所示。Then it can be known that on the
需要说明的是,上述图6A和图6B示出的是比特位图中的比特“1”对应的PRB用于发送PSFCH的实现方式。实际应用中,可以是将比特位图中的比特“0”对应的PRB用于发送PSFCH。上述步骤501中的指示信息包括的比特分别用于指示上述比特位图中的比特“1”对应的PRB是否用于传输定位参考信号。It should be noted that the above-mentioned FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B show the implementation manner in which the PRB corresponding to the bit "1" in the bitmap is used for sending the PSFCH. In practical applications, the PRB corresponding to the bit "0" in the bitmap may be used to transmit the PSFCH. The bits included in the indication information in the foregoing
在该实现方式中,第一资源集合和第二资源集合通过不同的指示信息指示。In this implementation manner, the first resource set and the second resource set are indicated by different indication information.
由图6A和图6B可知,用于传输定位参考信号的第一资源集合和用于PSFCH发送的第二资源集合在时域上重合(即第一资源集合和第二资源集合都占用PSFCH时隙的时域符号10和时域符号11),而在频域上正交。It can be seen from FIG. 6A and FIG. 6B that the first resource set used for transmitting positioning reference signals and the second resource set used for PSFCH transmission overlap in the time domain (that is, both the first resource set and the second resource set occupy PSFCH time slots. The time-
502、终端设备根据指示信息确定第一资源集合。502. The terminal device determines a first resource set according to the indication information.
例如,指示信息包括比特位图。如图6A所示,比特位图为“01010101010101010101”,比特位图中的比特“0”对应的PRB用于传输定位参考信号。终端设备根据比特位图确定PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的PRB。For example, the indication information includes a bitmap. As shown in FIG. 6A , the bitmap is “01010101010101010101”, and the PRB corresponding to the bit “0” in the bitmap is used to transmit a positioning reference signal. The terminal equipment determines, according to the bitmap, the PRBs in the PSFCH time slot for transmitting the positioning reference signal.
一种可能的实现方式中,上述图5所示的实施例还可以包括步骤503。步骤503在步骤502之后执行。In a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 5 may further include step 503 . Step 503 is performed after
503、当满足第一条件时,终端设备在第一资源集合上进行第一定位参考信号的传输。503. When the first condition is satisfied, the terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource set.
其中,第一条件包括第一差值与第一带宽之间的比值大于或等于预设阈值。The first condition includes that the ratio between the first difference and the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to a preset threshold.
第一差值为第一物理资源块PRB索引与第二PRB索引之间的差值。The first difference is the difference between the PRB index of the first physical resource block and the second PRB index.
第一PRB索引为指示信息指示的同一时域符号内用于发送第一定位参考信号的最大PRB索引。第二PRB索引为指示信息指示的同一时域符号内用于发送第一定位参考信号的最小PRB索引。The first PRB index is the maximum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal in the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information. The second PRB index is the smallest PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal within the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information.
可选的,第一带宽为PSCCH和/或PSSCH所在的资源池的带宽;或者,第一带宽为指示信息的比特长度表示的频域物理资源块数量。Optionally, the first bandwidth is the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or the PSSCH are located; or, the first bandwidth is the number of frequency domain physical resource blocks indicated by the bit length of the indication information.
需要说明的是,预设阈值的大小是根据终端设备的定位精度需求设定的。定位精度需求与预设阈值之间具有映射关系。终端设备可以根据该映射关系和终端设备的定位精度需求确定对应的预设阈值。It should be noted that the size of the preset threshold is set according to the positioning accuracy requirement of the terminal device. There is a mapping relationship between positioning accuracy requirements and preset thresholds. The terminal device may determine the corresponding preset threshold according to the mapping relationship and the positioning accuracy requirement of the terminal device.
上述图6A示出的示例中,在PSFCH时隙的时域符号10或时域符号11内,用于传输定位参考信号的PRB是等密度出现的。也就是比特位图中的比特“0”是等密度的。实际应用中,PSCFH时隙的时域符号10或时域符号11内,用于传输定位参考信号的PRB也可以非等密度出现。下面结合图6C所示的示例进行介绍。In the above example shown in FIG. 6A , within the
请参阅图6C,图6C示出的是一个PSFCH时隙,在该PSFCH时隙中,时域符号10和时域符号11用于PSFCH的发送。比特位图为“00011111110100000111”。在图6C中,在时域符号10和时域符号11上,比特位图中的比特“0”对应的PRB用于传输定位参考信号。那么,比特位图中的比特“1”对应的PRB可以默认用于发送PSFCH。也就是比特位图间接指示用于发送PSFCH的第二资源集合。Please refer to FIG. 6C. FIG. 6C shows a PSFCH time slot, in which
在满足上述第一条件时,终端设备才采用第一资源集合进行第一定位参考信号的传输。这样可以满足定位参考信号的带宽需求。例如,通过上述方案可以使得定位参考信号的等效带宽等同于PSCCH和/或PSSCH所在的资源池的带宽,从而获得更高的定位精度。其次, 本实施例指示的第一资源集合不额外占用PSCCH的资源的情况下,采用空闲资源发送定位参考信号,以满足定位需求。Only when the above-mentioned first condition is satisfied, the terminal device uses the first resource set to transmit the first positioning reference signal. In this way, the bandwidth requirement of the positioning reference signal can be met. For example, through the above solution, the equivalent bandwidth of the positioning reference signal can be made equal to the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or the PSSCH are located, thereby obtaining higher positioning accuracy. Secondly, under the condition that the first resource set indicated in this embodiment does not additionally occupy PSCCH resources, idle resources are used to send the positioning reference signal to meet the positioning requirement.
例如,如图6C所示,最大PRB索引16,最小的PRB索引是0。那么第一差值等于16。比特位图为“00011111110100000111”,每个比特对应一个PRB。因此可知,第一带宽为20。那么第一差值与第一带宽的比值等于16/20。例如,预设阈值为0.7。那么可知,第一差值与第一带宽的比值大于预设阈值,终端设备可以在第一资源集合上进行第一定位参考信号的传输。For example, as shown in FIG. 6C, the largest PRB index is 16, and the smallest PRB index is 0. The first difference is then equal to 16. The bitmap is "00011111110100000111", and each bit corresponds to one PRB. Therefore, it can be seen that the first bandwidth is 20. The ratio of the first difference to the first bandwidth is then equal to 16/20. For example, the preset threshold is 0.7. Then it can be known that the ratio of the first difference to the first bandwidth is greater than the preset threshold, and the terminal device can transmit the first positioning reference signal on the first resource set.
上述步骤503中,当满足第一条件时,终端设备确定第一定位参考信号对应的端口。然后终端设备从第一资源集合确定该第一定位参考信号对应的端口对应的第一资源。终端设备在第一资源上传输第一定位参考信号。In the above step 503, when the first condition is satisfied, the terminal device determines the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal. Then, the terminal device determines the first resource corresponding to the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal from the first resource set. The terminal device transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
具体的,终端设备确定第一定位参考信号对应的端口;然后,终端设备根据第一定位参考信号对应的端口确定在一个或多个时域符号上第一定位参考信号的起始频域位置。终端设备根据第一定位参考信号的起始频域位置确定第一资源,并在第一资源上传输第一定位参考信号。Specifically, the terminal device determines the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal; then, the terminal device determines the starting frequency domain position of the first positioning reference signal on one or more time domain symbols according to the port corresponding to the first positioning reference signal. The terminal device determines the first resource according to the starting frequency domain position of the first positioning reference signal, and transmits the first positioning reference signal on the first resource.
一种可能的实现方式中,第一资源集合包括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应,X为大于或等于1的整数。In a possible implementation, the first resource set includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, where the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
其中,X个定位参考信号端口是根据定位参考信号的频域密度确定的。定位参考信号的频域密度是指PRS在频域上映射的密度。本实施例中,定位参考信号的频域密度从以下两个方面的至少一种定义:The X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal. The frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal refers to the density of the PRS mapping in the frequency domain. In this embodiment, the frequency domain density of the positioning reference signal is defined from at least one of the following two aspects:
方面1:定位参考信号在一个PRB内在频域上映射的密度。Aspect 1: The density of positioning reference signals mapped in the frequency domain within one PRB.
其中,定位参考信号在一个PRB内在频域上映射的密度通过 表征。 Among them, the density of the positioning reference signal mapped in the frequency domain within a PRB is calculated by characterization.
方面2:在SL-PRS的资源池中,一个定位参考信号在每R个逻辑RB中的一个逻辑RB上传输。Aspect 2: In the resource pool of SL-PRS, one positioning reference signal is transmitted on one logical RB in every R logical RBs.
其中,方面2可以通过第一资源集合包括的资源子集数量R表征。也就是在SL-PRS的资源池中,定位参考信号在逻辑RB上交错(interlaced)发送,每R个逻辑RB中有一个逻辑RB用于映射该定位参考信号。The
R可以是预配置的,或者是通信协议规定的,或者是接入网设备通过信令(例如,RRC信令)为终端设备配置的,具体本申请不做限定,R为大于或等于1的整数。R may be pre-configured, or specified by a communication protocol, or configured by the access network device for the terminal device through signaling (for example, RRC signaling), which is not specifically limited in this application, and R is greater than or equal to 1 Integer.
其中,逻辑RB是指将第一资源集合包括的PRB按照频域顺序,重排组成连续的逻辑RB。相邻的逻辑RB对应的逻辑索引之间是连续的。The logical RB refers to that the PRBs included in the first resource set are rearranged in a frequency domain order to form a continuous logical RB. Logical indices corresponding to adjacent logical RBs are consecutive.
例如,将上述图6A所示的用于传输定位参考信号的RB进行重排,得到图6D所示的逻辑RB。每个逻辑RB对应一个逻辑索引。相邻的两个逻辑RB对应的逻辑索引之间连续。那么可知,图6D中的逻辑RB0对应图6A中的PRB0,图6D中的逻辑RB1对应图6A中的PRB2,图6D中的逻辑RB2对应图6A中的PRB4,图6D中的逻辑RB3对应图6A中的物理PRB4,图6D中的逻辑RB4对应图6A中的物理PRB6,图6D中的逻辑RB5对应图6A中的物理PRB8,图6D中的逻辑RB6对应图6A中的物理PRB10,图6D中的逻辑RB7对应图6A中的物理PRB12,图6D中的逻辑RB8对应图6A中的物理PRB14,图6D中的逻辑RB9对应图6A中的物理PRB16, 图6D中的逻辑RB10对应图6A中的物理PRB18。For example, the RBs shown in FIG. 6A for transmitting positioning reference signals are rearranged to obtain the logical RBs shown in FIG. 6D . Each logical RB corresponds to a logical index. The logical indices corresponding to two adjacent logical RBs are consecutive. Then it can be seen that logical RB0 in FIG. 6D corresponds to PRB0 in FIG. 6A , logical RB1 in FIG. 6D corresponds to PRB2 in FIG. 6A , logical RB2 in FIG. 6D corresponds to PRB4 in FIG. 6A , and logical RB3 in FIG. 6D corresponds to FIG. The physical PRB4 in 6A, the logical RB4 in FIG. 6D correspond to the physical PRB6 in FIG. 6A, the logical RB5 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB8 in FIG. 6A, the logical RB6 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB10 in FIG. 6A, and FIG. 6D The logical RB7 in FIG. 6A corresponds to the physical PRB12 in FIG. 6A, the logical RB8 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB14 in FIG. 6A, the logical RB9 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB16 in FIG. 6A, and the logical RB10 in FIG. 6D corresponds to the physical PRB16 in FIG. 6A. The physical PRB18.
第一资源集合包括R个资源子集。每个资源子集包括L个时域符号,L个时域符号是PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的时域符号。不同资源子集占用的时域符号重叠。R个资源子集中第j个资源子集包括的逻辑RB索引为j+k*R。The first resource set includes R resource subsets. Each resource subset includes L time-domain symbols, which are time-domain symbols used for transmitting positioning reference signals in the PSFCH slot. The time domain symbols occupied by different resource subsets overlap. The logical RB index included in the jth resource subset in the R resource subsets is j+k*R.
其中,j为大于或等于1且小于R的整数。k为大于或等于0且小于或等于第一比值的整数。第一比值为逻辑RB的数量与R的比值。Among them, j is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than R. k is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the first ratio. The first ratio is the ratio of the number of logical RBs to R.
每个资源子集用于传输 个定位参考信号端口的定位参考信号, 也就是第一资源集合用于传输 个定位参考信号端口的定位参考信号。 Each resource subset is used for transmission The positioning reference signals of the positioning reference signal ports, That is, the first resource set is used for transmission The positioning reference signal of the positioning reference signal port.
可选的,在同一时域符号上,不同资源子集中的定位参考信号端口占用的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。Optionally, on the same time-domain symbol, the frequency-domain resources occupied by the positioning reference signal ports in different resource subsets satisfy a frequency-division multiplexing relationship.
例如,如图6E所示,第一资源集合包括两个资源子集。即R=2。结合图6A所示的示例可知,PSFCH时隙中,时域符号10和时域符号11用于传输定位参考信号。那么可知资源子集0在频域上包括逻辑RB0、逻辑RB2、逻辑RB4、逻辑RB6、逻辑RB8和逻辑RB10。资源子集0在时域上包括时域符号10和时域符号11。资源子集1在频域上包括逻辑RB1、逻辑RB3、逻辑RB5、逻辑RB7和逻辑RB9。资源子集1在时域上包括时域符号10和时域符号11。由此可知,在时域符号10上,资源子集0与资源子集1中的定位参考信号端口占用的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。在时域符号11上,资源子集0与资源子集1中的定位参考信号端口占用的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系,从而提高资源的利用率。For example, as shown in FIG. 6E, the first resource set includes two resource subsets. That is, R=2. With reference to the example shown in FIG. 6A, it can be known that in the PSFCH time slot, the
例如,如图6E所示,端口0至端口3分别对应的定位参考信号时频资源属于资源子集0。由图6E可知,在时域符号10上,在资源子集0内,端口0至端口3分别占用的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。For example, as shown in FIG. 6E , the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to
一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号端口中,端口i在一个或多个时域符号上分别对应的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为 i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数。 In a possible implementation manner, among the X positioning reference signal ports, the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position corresponding to port i on one or more time domain symbols is located is: i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1.
该起始频域位置的单位为子载波。在后文中涉及到的起始频域位置的单位为子载波,具体不再赘述。该一个或多个时域符号为PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的时域符号。The unit of the starting frequency domain position is a subcarrier. The unit of the starting frequency domain position involved in the following is a subcarrier, and details are not repeated here. The one or more time-domain symbols are time-domain symbols used for transmitting positioning reference signals in the PSFCH time slot.
其中,k′表示端口在每个时域符号上的相对频域偏移量。where k' represents the relative frequency-domain offset of the port on each time-domain symbol.
具体的,k′可以根据l′以及 确定。其中, l表示端口i对应的定位参考信号在PSFCH时隙中的时域符号索引, 表示PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的第一个时域符号在PSFCH时隙中的时域符号索引。 Specifically, k' can be based on l' and Sure. in, l represents the time domain symbol index of the positioning reference signal corresponding to port i in the PSFCH slot, Indicates the time-domain symbol index in the PSFCH slot of the first time-domain symbol used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the PSFCH slot.
具体请参阅表2,表2示出了多组l′与 的组合对应的k′的值。例如, l′=0,那么k′=0。 Please refer to Table 2 for details. Table 2 shows that multiple groups of l′ and The value of k' corresponding to the combination. E.g, l'=0, then k'=0.
表2Table 2
本实施例中,在一个逻辑RB或一个资源子集中,端口在一个或多个时域符号上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号可以通过上述公式 确定。 In this embodiment, in a logical RB or a resource subset, the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of the port on one or more time domain symbols is located can be determined by the above formula Sure.
下面结合图6E介绍第一资源集合包括两个资源子集的实现方式。如图6E的左边部分所示,第一资源集合包括的两个资源子集,分别为资源子集0和资源子集1。即R=2。资源子集0包括逻辑RB0、逻辑RB2、逻辑RB4、逻辑RB6、逻辑RB8和逻辑RB10。资源子集1包括逻辑RB1、逻辑RB3、逻辑RB5、逻辑RB7和逻辑RB9。图6E的右边部分为图6E的虚线部分的放大示意图。图6E的右边部分示出了图6E的左边部分中的虚线部分包括的资源上定位参考信号的映射情况。对于图6E的左边部分中的其他部分的资源的定位参考信号的映射情况类似,这里不一一说明。The following describes an implementation manner in which the first resource set includes two resource subsets with reference to FIG. 6E . As shown in the left part of FIG. 6E , the two resource subsets included in the first resource set are
资源子集的数量R=2,由图6E可知,定位参考信号在一个逻辑RB内在频域上映射的密度 因此可知,X=8。即第一资源集合包括8个定位参考信号时频资源,8个定位参考信号时频资源与8个定位参考信号端口分别对应。在第一资源集合中,可以通过上述公式 可以确定8个定位参考信号端口分别对应的定位参考信号时频资源在第一资源集合包括的两个时域符号的起始频域位置。也就是在一个逻辑RB内,定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号时频资源在两个时域符号上分别对应的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号为 然后,结合8个定位参考信号时频资源在两个时域符号上分别对应的起始频域位置确定8个定位参考信号时频资源的具体位置。具体映射情况请参阅图6E的右边部分所示。 The number of resource subsets is R=2. It can be seen from Fig. 6E that the mapping density of the positioning reference signal in the frequency domain within one logical RB Therefore, it can be seen that X=8. That is, the first resource set includes 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and the 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the 8 positioning reference signal ports respectively. In the first resource set, the above formula can be used The starting frequency domain positions of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources corresponding to the eight positioning reference signal ports respectively in the two time domain symbols included in the first resource set may be determined. That is, within a logical RB, the number of the subcarrier where the corresponding starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to the positioning reference signal port on the two time domain symbols is located is: Then, specific positions of the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources are determined in combination with the corresponding starting frequency domain positions on the two time-domain symbols of the eight positioning reference signal time-frequency resources. Please refer to the right part of FIG. 6E for the specific mapping situation.
下面结合图6F介绍第一资源集合包括一个资源子集的实现方式。如图6F的左边部分所示,第一资源集合包括一个资源子集,为资源子集0。资源子集0包括逻辑RB0至逻辑RB9。图6F的右边部分是图6F的左边部分中的虚线部分的放大示意图,图6F的右边部分示出了图6F的左边部分中的虚线部分的资源上每个定位参考信号时频资源的分布情况。对于其他部分的资源上定位参考信号时频资源的分布情况类似,这里不再一一说明。The following describes an implementation manner in which the first resource set includes a resource subset with reference to FIG. 6F . As shown in the left part of FIG. 6F , the first resource set includes one resource subset, which is
资源子集的数量R=1。由图6F可知,定位参考信号在一个逻辑RB内在频域上映射的密度 因此可知,X=4。即第一资源集合包括4个定位参考信号时频资源,4个定位参考信号时频资源与4个定位参考信号端口分别对应。在第一资源集合中,可以通过上述 公式 可以确定4个定位参考信号时频资源在第一资源集合包括的两个时域符号上分别对应的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号。然后,结合4个定位参考信号时频资源分别在两个时域符号的起始频域位置确定4个定位参考信号时频资源的具体位置。具体4个定位参考信号时频资源的分布情况请参阅图6F的右边部分所示。 The number of resource subsets R=1. It can be seen from Figure 6F that the mapping density of the positioning reference signal in the frequency domain within a logical RB Therefore, it can be seen that X=4. That is, the first resource set includes four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the four positioning reference signal ports respectively. In the first resource set, the above formula can be used The numbers of the subcarriers where the corresponding starting frequency domain positions of the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources on the two time domain symbols included in the first resource set respectively are located may be determined. Then, the specific positions of the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources are respectively determined at the starting frequency domain positions of the two time domain symbols in combination with the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources. For the specific distribution of the time-frequency resources of the four positioning reference signals, please refer to the right part of FIG. 6F .
可选的,PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的第一个时域符号作为AGC符号。Optionally, the first time domain symbol in the PSFCH time slot used for transmitting the positioning reference signal is used as the AGC symbol.
一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在该第一个时域符号上发送的信号为终端设备在PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的第二个时域符号上发送的信号的复制。In a possible implementation manner, the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol is a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the second time domain symbol used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the PSFCH time slot.
由前述可知, l表示端口i对应的定位参考信号在PSFCH时隙中的时域符号索引, 表示PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的第一个时域符号在PSFCH时隙中的时域符号索引。由于只有PSFCH时隙中只有一个时域符号用于传输定位参考信号,因此可知l′=0。那么由表2可知,k′=0。那么X个定位参考信号端口中端口i在第二个时域符号上的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号可以表示为 i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数。第二个时域符号为PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的第二个时域符号。下面结合图6G介绍该实现方式。图6G是图6E中的虚线部分的放大示意图,图6G示出了图6E的虚线部分的资源上定位参考信号时频资源的分布情况。对于其他部分的资源上定位参考信号时频资源的分布情况类似,这里不再一一说明。 As can be seen from the foregoing, l represents the time domain symbol index of the positioning reference signal corresponding to port i in the PSFCH slot, Indicates the time-domain symbol index in the PSFCH slot of the first time-domain symbol used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the PSFCH slot. Since only one time domain symbol in the PSFCH time slot is used for transmitting the positioning reference signal, it can be known that l'=0. Then it can be known from Table 2 that k'=0. Then, in the X positioning reference signal ports, the number of the subcarrier where the starting frequency domain position of port i on the second time domain symbol is located can be expressed as i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1. The second time-domain symbol is the second time-domain symbol in the PSFCH slot for transmitting the positioning reference signal. The implementation is described below with reference to FIG. 6G . FIG. 6G is an enlarged schematic diagram of the dashed line part in FIG. 6E , and FIG. 6G shows the distribution of positioning reference signal time-frequency resources on the resources of the dashed line part in FIG. 6E . The distribution of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources on other parts of the resources is similar, and will not be described one by one here.
第一资源集合包括的两个资源子集。即R=2。由图6G可知, X=8。即第一资源集合包括8个定位参考信号时频资源,8个定位参考信号时频资源与8个定位参考信号端口分别对应。PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的第一个时域符号作为AGC符号。在第一资源集合中,可以通过上述公式 可以确定8个定位参考时频资源在第二个时域符号上分别对应的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号。然后,结合8个定位参考时频资源在第二个时域符号上分别对应的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号确定8个定位参考时频资源的具体位置。8个定位参考时频资源的具体分布情况请参阅图6G所示。终端设备在第一个时域符号上发送的信号具体可以是终端设备在第二个时域符号上发送的信号的复制。 The first resource set includes two resource subsets. That is, R=2. As can be seen from Figure 6G, X=8. That is, the first resource set includes 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and the 8 positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the 8 positioning reference signal ports respectively. The first time-domain symbol in the PSFCH slot for transmitting the positioning reference signal is used as an AGC symbol. In the first resource set, the above formula can be used The numbers of the subcarriers where the respective corresponding starting frequency domain positions of the eight positioning reference time-frequency resources on the second time domain symbol are located may be determined. Then, the specific positions of the eight positioning reference time-frequency resources are determined in combination with the numbers of the subcarriers where the corresponding starting frequency domain positions of the eight positioning reference time-frequency resources are located on the second time-domain symbol. The specific distribution of the eight positioning reference time-frequency resources is shown in FIG. 6G . Specifically, the signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol may be a copy of the signal sent by the terminal device on the second time domain symbol.
下面结合图6H介绍该实现方式。图6H仅示出了图6F中的虚线部分放大示意图。图6H示出了图6F的虚线部分的资源上,定位参考信号时频资源的分布情况。对于其他部分的资源,定位参考信号时频资源的分布情况类似,这里不再一一说明。The implementation is described below with reference to FIG. 6H . FIG. 6H only shows the enlarged schematic diagram of the dotted line in FIG. 6F . FIG. 6H shows the distribution of positioning reference signal time-frequency resources on the resources in the dotted line part of FIG. 6F . For other parts of the resources, the distribution of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resources is similar, and will not be described one by one here.
第一资源集合包括一个资源子集,即R=1。由图6H可知, X=4。即第一资源集合包括4个定位参考信号时频资源,4个定位参考信号时频资源与4个定位参考信号端口分别对应。PSFCH时隙中用于传输定位参考信号的第一个时域符号作为AGC符号。在第一资源集合中,可以通过上述公式 可以确定4个定位参考信号时频资源在第二个时域符号上分别对应的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号;然后,结合4个定位参考信号时频资源在第二个时域符号上分别对应的起始频域位置所在的子载波的编号确定4个定位参考信号时频资源的具体位置。具体4个定位参考信号时频资源的具体分布情况请参阅图6H所示。终端设备在第一个时域符号上发送的信号是终端设备在第二个时域符号上发送的信号的复制。 The first resource set includes a resource subset, ie R=1. As can be seen from Figure 6H, X=4. That is, the first resource set includes four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the four positioning reference signal ports respectively. The first time-domain symbol in the PSFCH slot for transmitting the positioning reference signal is used as the AGC symbol. In the first resource set, the above formula can be used The numbers of the subcarriers where the corresponding starting frequency domain positions of the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the second time domain symbol are located can be determined; then, combined with the four positioning reference signal time-frequency resources in the second time domain The numbers of the subcarriers where the corresponding starting frequency domain positions on the symbols are located determine the specific positions of the time-frequency resources of the four positioning reference signals. For the specific distribution of the time-frequency resources of the four positioning reference signals, please refer to FIG. 6H . The signal sent by the terminal device on the first time domain symbol is a replica of the signal sent by the terminal device on the second time domain symbol.
本申请实施例中,终端设备获取指示信息,指示信息用于确定第一资源集合。第一资源集合用于传输终端设备的第一定位参考信号。第一资源集合与第二资源集合在频域上正交,且在时域上重叠;第二资源集合用于发送承载SL HARQ的PSFCH;终端设备根据指示信息确定第一资源集合。这样终端设备可以确定SL系统中用于传输定位参考信号的资源。并且,第一资源集合不额外占用PSCCH的资源的情况下,采用空闲资源发送定位参考信号, 以满足定位需求。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device acquires indication information, and the indication information is used to determine the first resource set. The first resource set is used to transmit the first positioning reference signal of the terminal device. The first resource set and the second resource set are orthogonal in the frequency domain and overlap in the time domain; the second resource set is used to send the PSFCH bearing SL HARQ; the terminal device determines the first resource set according to the indication information. In this way, the terminal device can determine the resource used for transmitting the positioning reference signal in the SL system. In addition, when the first resource set does not additionally occupy the resources of the PSCCH, idle resources are used to send the positioning reference signal to meet the positioning requirement.
下面对本申请实施例提供的通信装置进行描述。请参阅图7,图7为本申请实施例通信装置的一个结构示意图。通信装置可以用于执行图2A所示的实施例中终端设备执行的步骤,也可以用于执行图4所示的实施例中第一终端设备或第二终端设备执行的步骤,具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关介绍。The communication apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present application is described below. Please refer to FIG. 7 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus may be used to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A , and may also be used to perform the steps performed by the first terminal device or the second terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 . For details, please refer to the above Relevant introduction in the method embodiment.
通信装置包括处理模块701和收发模块702。The communication device includes a
处理模块701,用于根据第一定位参考信号的端口确定第一资源,第一资源用于传输第一定位参考信号,第一资源位于时频单元内,时频单元包括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应,X为大于或等于2的整数;The
收发模块702,用于在第一资源上进行第一定位参考信号的传输。The
一种可能的实现方式中,第一定位参考信号的端口为通信装置感知的端口。In a possible implementation manner, the port of the first positioning reference signal is a port sensed by the communication device.
另一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块702还用于:In another possible implementation manner, the
获取第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一定位参考信号的端口。Obtain first information, where the first information is used to indicate a port of the first positioning reference signal.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个定位参考信号时频资源,至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一频域位置上不同定位参考信号端口对应的时域资源满足时分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports at the same frequency domain position The corresponding time domain resources satisfy the time division multiplexing relationship.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个定位参考信号时频资源,至少两个定位参考信号时频资源中,在同一时域符号上不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源满足频分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, and in the at least two positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, different positioning reference signal ports on the same time domain symbol The corresponding frequency domain resources satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个资源集合,至少两个资源集合中,在同一频域位置上不同资源集合中的定位参考信号端口对应的时域资源之间满足时分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the time domain corresponding to the positioning reference signal ports in different resource sets at the same frequency domain position Time division multiplexing relationship is satisfied between resources.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括至少两个资源集合,至少两个资源集合中,在同一时域符号上同一资源集合内不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include at least two resource sets, and in the at least two resource sets, the frequency domain corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource set on the same time domain symbol The resources satisfy the frequency division multiplexing relationship.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号时频资源包括M个资源集合,M个资源集合中不同的资源集合包括的时域资源之间不重叠,M的值与X和一个定位参考信号的频域密度 有关。 In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources include M resource sets, the time domain resources included in different resource sets in the M resource sets do not overlap, and the value of M is related to X and a positioning Frequency Domain Density of Reference Signal related.
另一种可能的实现方式中,M个资源集合中每个资源集合用于传输 个定位参考信号端口对应的定位参考信号,M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括L PRS个时域符号,L PRS为一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量。 In another possible implementation manner, each resource set in the M resource sets is used for transmission Positioning reference signals corresponding to the positioning reference signal ports, each resource set in the M resource sets includes LPRS time domain symbols, and LPRS is the number of time domain symbols continuously occupied by one positioning reference signal.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一起始时域位置是根据第一偏移量确定的,第一起始频域位置是根据第二偏移量确定的;In another possible implementation manner, the first initial time domain position is determined according to the first offset, and the first initial frequency domain position is determined according to the second offset;
第一偏移量为第一起始时域位置相对于时频单元的起始时域位置的偏移量,第二偏移量为第二起始频域位置相对于时频单元的起始频域位置的偏移量;The first offset is the offset of the first starting time domain position relative to the starting time domain position of the time-frequency unit, and the second offset is the second starting frequency domain position relative to the starting frequency of the time-frequency unit. the offset of the domain position;
第一起始时域位置为X个定位参考信号端口中端口i对应的定位参考信号时频资源的起始时域位置;The first starting time domain position is the starting time domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i in the X positioning reference signal ports;
第一起始频域位置为X个定位参考信号端口中端口i对应的定位参考信号时频资源在 时域符号l上的起始频域位置;The first starting frequency domain position is the starting frequency domain position of the positioning reference signal time-frequency resource corresponding to port i in the X positioning reference signal ports on the
i为大于或等于0且小于或等于X-1的整数;i is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to X-1;
l为大于或等于b且小于或等于c的整数,b为第一起始时域位置所在的时域符号的编号,c为端口i对应的定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量与b之和少一;l is an integer greater than or equal to b and less than or equal to c, b is the number of the time-domain symbol where the first starting time-domain position is located, and c is the sum of the number of time-domain symbols continuously occupied by the positioning reference signal corresponding to port i and b one less;
第一偏移量是根据所述i、一个定位参考信号的频域密度 和一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS确定的; The first offset is based on the i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal It is determined by the number of time domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal;
第二偏移量是根据i、一个定位参考信号的频域密度 和k′确定的,k′是根据l和第一偏移量确定的。 The second offset is based on i, the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal and k', which is determined according to l and the first offset.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一偏移量 或者, In another possible implementation, the first offset or,
第一偏移量 或者, first offset or,
第一偏移量 first offset
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一偏移量 是根据X、一个定位参考信号连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS和时频单元包含的符号数量L syml确定的。 In another possible implementation, the first offset is determined according to X, the number of time-domain symbols L PRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal, and the number of symbols L sym1 contained in the time-frequency unit.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第二偏移量为 %指取余。 In another possible implementation manner, the second offset is % means remainder.
另一种可能的实现方式中,在第一偏移量为 的情况下,通信装置在第一时域符号的信号上发送的信号为通信装置在第二时域符号上发送的信号的复制; In another possible implementation, the first offset is In the case of , the signal sent by the communication device on the signal of the first time domain symbol is a copy of the signal sent by the communication device on the second time domain symbol;
第一时域符号为在时频单元中第二时域符号的前一个时域符号,第二时域符号为M个资源集合中每个资源集合包括的L PRS个时域符号中首个时域符号。 The first time-domain symbol is the previous time-domain symbol of the second time-domain symbol in the time-frequency unit, and the second time-domain symbol is the first time-domain symbol in the L PRS time-domain symbols included in each resource set in the M resource sets. Domain notation.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号端口是根据第一参数、第二参数和第三参数中的至少一个参数确定的;In another possible implementation manner, the X positioning reference signal ports are determined according to at least one parameter among the first parameter, the second parameter, and the third parameter;
第一参数为时频单元内包括的时域符号数量L syml,L syml为大于或等于1的整数; The first parameter is the number of time-domain symbols L syml included in the time-frequency unit, where L syml is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
第二参数为一个定位参考信号在时域上连续占用的时域符号数量L PRS,L PRS为大于或等于1的整数; The second parameter is the number of time domain symbols LPRS continuously occupied by a positioning reference signal in the time domain, where LPRS is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
第三参数为一个定位参考信号的频域密度 为大于1或等于1的整数。 The third parameter is the frequency domain density of a positioning reference signal is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
本申请实施例中,处理模块701根据第一定位参考信号的端口确定第一资源。然后,收发模块702在第一资源上进行第一定位参考信号的传输。因此,无需接入网设备配置用于传输定位参考信号的起始时频资源,减少了接入网设备与通信装置之间的信令交互,节省信令开销。进一步的,时频单元可以包括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应。即时频单元可以用于X个定位参考信号的传输,资源的利用率较高。In this embodiment of the present application, the
下面对本申请实施例提供的通信装置进行描述。请参阅图8,图8为本申请实施例通信装置的一个结构示意图。通信装置可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中终端设备执行的步骤,具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关介绍。The communication apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present application is described below. Please refer to FIG. 8 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication apparatus may be configured to perform the steps performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 . For details, please refer to the relevant introduction in the foregoing method embodiments.
通信装置包括收发模块801和处理模块802。The communication device includes a
收发模块801,用于获取指示信息,指示信息用于确定第一资源集合,第一资源集合用于发送通信装置的第一定位参考信号;第一资源集合与第二资源集合在频域上正交,且在时域上重合;第二资源集合用于发送承载SL HARQ的PSFCH;The
处理模块802,用于根据指示信息确定第一资源集合。The
一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块801还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the
当满足第一条件时,在第一资源集合上进行第一定位参考信号的传输;When the first condition is satisfied, transmitting the first positioning reference signal on the first resource set;
第一条件包括第一差值与第一带宽之间的比值大于或等于预设阈值;The first condition includes that the ratio between the first difference and the first bandwidth is greater than or equal to a preset threshold;
第一差值为PRB索引与第二PRB索引之间的差值;The first difference is the difference between the PRB index and the second PRB index;
第一PRB索引为指示信息指示的同一时域符号内用于发送第一定位参考信号的最大PRB索引;The first PRB index is the maximum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal in the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information;
第二PRB索引为指示信息指示的同一时域符号内用于发送第一定位参考信号的最小PRB索引;The second PRB index is the minimum PRB index used for sending the first positioning reference signal in the same time domain symbol indicated by the indication information;
第一带宽为PSCCH和/或PSSCH所在的资源池的带宽,或,The first bandwidth is the bandwidth of the resource pool where the PSCCH and/or PSSCH are located, or,
第一带宽为指示信息的比特长度表示的频域物理资源块数量。The first bandwidth is the number of frequency domain physical resource blocks indicated by the bit length of the indication information.
另一种可能的实现方式中,指示信息还用于确定第二资源集合。In another possible implementation manner, the indication information is further used to determine the second resource set.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一资源集合包括X个定位参考信号时频资源,X个定位参考信号时频资源与X个定位参考信号端口分别对应,X为大于或等于2的整数。In another possible implementation, the first resource set includes X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources, where the X positioning reference signal time-frequency resources correspond to the X positioning reference signal ports, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
另一种可能的实现方式中,X个定位参考信号端口是根据一个定位参考信号的频域密度确定的。In another possible implementation manner, the X number of positioning reference signal ports are determined according to the frequency domain density of one positioning reference signal.
另一种可能的实现方式中,第一资源集合包括至少两个资源子集,至少两个资源子集中,在同一时域符号上不同资源子集中的定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系;In another possible implementation manner, the first resource set includes at least two resource subsets, and in the at least two resource subsets, between frequency domain resources corresponding to positioning reference signal ports in different resource subsets on the same time domain symbol To meet the frequency division multiplexing relationship;
至少两个资源子集中,在同一时域符号上同一资源子集中不同定位参考信号端口对应的频域资源之间满足频分复用关系。In at least two resource subsets, frequency-domain resources corresponding to different positioning reference signal ports in the same resource subset on the same time-domain symbol satisfy a frequency-division multiplexing relationship.
另一种可能的实现方式中,至少两个资源子集中每个资源子集用于传输 个端口的定位参考信号, 表示一个定位参考信号在一个PRB内在频域上映射的密度。 In another possible implementation manner, each resource subset in the at least two resource subsets is used for transmission The positioning reference signal of each port, Indicates the mapping density of a positioning reference signal in the frequency domain within a PRB.
本申请实施例中,收发模块801获取指示信息,指示信息用于确定第一资源集合。第一资源集合用于传输通信装置的第一定位参考信号。第一资源集合与第二资源集合在频域上正交,且在时域上重叠;第二资源集合用于发送承载SL HARQ的PSFCH;处理模块802根据指示信息确定第一资源集合。这样通信装置可以确定SL系统中用于传输定位参考信号的资源。并且,第一资源集合不额外占用PSCCH的资源的情况下,采用空闲资源发送定位参考信号,以满足定位需求。In this embodiment of the present application, the
下面通过图9示出通信装置为终端设备的一种可能的结构示意图。A possible structural schematic diagram in which the communication apparatus is a terminal device is shown below through FIG. 9 .
图9示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。为了便于理解和图示方式,图9中,终端设备以手机作为例子。如图9所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发 电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。FIG. 9 shows a schematic structural diagram of a simplified terminal device. For ease of understanding and illustration, in FIG. 9 , the terminal device takes a mobile phone as an example. As shown in FIG. 9 , the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, and process data of software programs. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图9中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal through the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, which converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of illustration, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 9 . In an actual end device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device or the like. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图9所示,终端设备包括收发单元910和处理单元920。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元910中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元910中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元910包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with a transceiver function may be regarded as a transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with a processing function may be regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 9 , the terminal device includes a
应理解,收发单元910用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元920用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备上除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the
例如,一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元902用于执行图2A中的步骤201。该收发单元910用于执行图2A中的步骤203。For example, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 902 is configured to execute
例如,一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元901用于执行图4中的步骤401和步骤405。处理单元902用于执行图4中的步骤404。For example, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 901 is configured to perform
例如,一种可能的实现方式中,收发单元901用于执行图5中的步骤501,处理单元902用于执行图5中的步骤502。For example, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver unit 901 is configured to execute
当该终端设备为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,该收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路或者逻辑电路。When the terminal device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. Wherein, the transceiver unit may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit or a logic circuit integrated on the chip.
本申请实施例还提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如上述图2A、图4和图5所示的实施例的资源映射方法。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer program product including instructions, which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the resource mapping method of the embodiments shown in FIG. 2A , FIG. 4 , and FIG. 5 .
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述图2A、图4和图5所示的实施例的资源映射方法。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the resource mapping in the embodiments shown in FIG. 2A , FIG. 4 , and FIG. 5 . method.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片装置,包括处理器,用于与存储器相连,调用该存储器中存储的程序,以使得该处理器执行上述图2A、图4和图5所示的实施例的资源映射方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip device, which includes a processor, which is connected to a memory and calls a program stored in the memory, so that the processor executes the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 2A , FIG. 4 , and FIG. 5 . Resource mapping method.
其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用中央处理器,微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制上述图2A、图4和图5所示的实施例的资源映射方法的程序执行的集成电路。上述任一处提到的存储器可以为只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。Wherein, the processor mentioned in any of the above can be a general-purpose central processing unit, a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more of the above-mentioned Fig. 2A, An integrated circuit for program execution of the resource mapping method of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 . The memory mentioned in any one of the above can be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), and the like.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above may refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the present application can be embodied in the form of software products in essence, or the parts that contribute to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions, and the computer software products are stored in a storage medium , including several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, but not to limit them; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand: The technical solutions described in the embodiments are modified, or some technical features thereof are equivalently replaced; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions deviate from the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
Claims (47)
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2021/083292 WO2022198640A1 (en) | 2021-03-26 | 2021-03-26 | Resource mapping method and communication apparatus |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2021/083292 WO2022198640A1 (en) | 2021-03-26 | 2021-03-26 | Resource mapping method and communication apparatus |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2022198640A1 true WO2022198640A1 (en) | 2022-09-29 |
Family
ID=83396279
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2021/083292 Ceased WO2022198640A1 (en) | 2021-03-26 | 2021-03-26 | Resource mapping method and communication apparatus |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2022198640A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2023211641A1 (en) * | 2022-04-28 | 2023-11-02 | Apple Inc. | Sidelink reference signal for positioning |
| WO2025140453A1 (en) * | 2023-12-29 | 2025-07-03 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Port multiplexing method and apparatus, terminal, network side device, and medium |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN106716899A (en) * | 2014-08-27 | 2017-05-24 | Lg电子株式会社 | Method for receiving reference signal in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor |
| CN109462461A (en) * | 2017-09-06 | 2019-03-12 | 电信科学技术研究院 | A reference signal resource indication method and device |
| WO2021034076A1 (en) * | 2019-08-16 | 2021-02-25 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transmitting sl prs in nr v2x |
| CN112534749A (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2021-03-19 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Method and apparatus for transmitting reference signal |
| WO2021112610A1 (en) * | 2019-12-06 | 2021-06-10 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and device for terminal to transmit positioning reference signal in wireless communication system supporting sidelink communication |
-
2021
- 2021-03-26 WO PCT/CN2021/083292 patent/WO2022198640A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN106716899A (en) * | 2014-08-27 | 2017-05-24 | Lg电子株式会社 | Method for receiving reference signal in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor |
| CN109462461A (en) * | 2017-09-06 | 2019-03-12 | 电信科学技术研究院 | A reference signal resource indication method and device |
| CN112534749A (en) * | 2018-08-09 | 2021-03-19 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Method and apparatus for transmitting reference signal |
| WO2021034076A1 (en) * | 2019-08-16 | 2021-02-25 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transmitting sl prs in nr v2x |
| WO2021112610A1 (en) * | 2019-12-06 | 2021-06-10 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and device for terminal to transmit positioning reference signal in wireless communication system supporting sidelink communication |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2023211641A1 (en) * | 2022-04-28 | 2023-11-02 | Apple Inc. | Sidelink reference signal for positioning |
| WO2025140453A1 (en) * | 2023-12-29 | 2025-07-03 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Port multiplexing method and apparatus, terminal, network side device, and medium |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US12184573B2 (en) | Signal communication method and device | |
| CN109150467B (en) | Communication method, related device and computer storage medium | |
| CN108737040B (en) | Transmission method, terminal and network equipment | |
| CN109150473B (en) | Communication method, network device, terminal device and system | |
| WO2019096248A1 (en) | Methods for sending and receiving signals, a device, and a system | |
| CN112867031A (en) | Communication method and device | |
| CN110999367B (en) | Data transmission method, terminal and base station | |
| WO2018082457A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for configuring reference signal | |
| US12376122B2 (en) | Beam indication method and communications apparatus | |
| CN114286330A (en) | Correlation method of Positioning Reference Signal (PRS) and equipment communication device | |
| JP2020522947A (en) | Method and apparatus for determining transport block size | |
| US20220015085A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| CN114258132A (en) | Resource allocation method and device | |
| WO2022198640A1 (en) | Resource mapping method and communication apparatus | |
| JP2023544285A (en) | Physical uplink control channel transmission method, reception method, and communication device | |
| WO2022155824A1 (en) | Reference signal transmission method and communication apparatus | |
| WO2021072662A1 (en) | Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback method and apparatus | |
| WO2022077513A1 (en) | Quasi colocation information determination method, device and system | |
| CN104753658A (en) | Method and device for data transmission in simultaneous same-frequency full duplex system | |
| WO2023142120A1 (en) | Communication methods and apparatuses, and device, chip, storage medium, product and program | |
| WO2022082767A1 (en) | Communication method and related device | |
| CN119496596A (en) | Pilot mapping method and device | |
| WO2025247213A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus, computer-readable storage medium, and computer program product | |
| WO2024066687A1 (en) | Method for determining resources, and communication apparatus | |
| CN118785375A (en) | Method and apparatus for bypass communication |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21932263 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21932263 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |